Sei sulla pagina 1di 357

HOME CCNA v6.

0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


CCNA 3 Chapter 1 v5 Exam Answers 2016

CCNA 3 Scaling Networks Chapter 1 v5 Exam Answers 2016

1. What are two bene ts of extending access layer connectivity to users through a wireless
medium? (Choose two.)

increased network management options

reduced costs*

increased exibility*

increased bandwidth availability

decreased number of critical points of failure

2.A network engineer is reviewing a network design that uses a xed con guration enterprise
router that supports both LAN and WAN connections. However, the engineer realizes that the
router does not have enough interfaces to support growth and network expansion. Which type of
device should be used as a replacement?

a PoE device

another xed con guration router

a modular router*

a Layer 3 switch

3.What are two functions of a router? (Choose two.)

It controls the ow of data via the use of Layer 2 addresses.


It increases the size of the broadcast domain.

It manages the VLAN database.

It determines the best path to send packets.*

It connects multiple IP networks.*

4.Which design feature will limit the size of a failure domain in an enterprise network?

the purchase of enterprise equipment that is designed for large tra c volume

the installation of redundant power supplies

the use of the building switch block approach*

the use of a collapsed core design

5.How can an enterprise network be designed to optimize bandwidth?

by installing devices with failover capabilities

by deploying a collapsed core model

by organizing the network to control tra c patterns*

by limiting the size of failure domains

6.As the network administrator you have been asked to implement EtherChannel on the corporate
network. What does this con guration consist of?

grouping multiple physical ports to increase bandwidth between two switches*

providing redundant links that dynamically block or forward tra c

grouping two devices to share a virtual IP address

providing redundant devices to allow tra c to ow in the event of device failure

7.Which technology is required when switched networks are designed to include redundant links?

Spanning Tree Protocol*

virtual LANs

link aggregation

virtual private networks

8.Which statement describes a characteristic of Cisco Catalyst 2960 switches?

New Cisco Catalyst 2960-C switches support PoE pass-through.*


They are best used as distribution layer switches.

They do not support an active switched virtual interface (SVI) with IOS versions prior to 15.x.

They are modular switches.

9.

Refer to the exhibit. Which devices exist in the failure domain when switch S3 loses power?

PC_3 and PC_2

AP_2 and AP_1

S4 and PC_2

PC_3 and AP_2*

S1 and S4

10.Immediately after a router completes its boot sequence, the network administrator wants to
check the routers con guration. From privileged EXEC mode, which of the following commands can
the administrator use for this purpose? (Choose two.)

show ash

show startup-con g*

show NVRAM
show version

show running-con g*

11.A network administrator is planning redundant devices and cabling in a switched network to
support high availability. Which bene t will implementing the Spanning Tree Protocol provide to
this design?

Redundant paths can be available without causing logical Layer 2 loops.*

Multiple physical interfaces can be combined into a single EtherChannel interface.

Faster convergence is available for advanced routing protocols.

Network access can be expanded to support both wired and wireless devices.

12.Which two requirements must always be met to use in-band management to con gure a
network device? (Choose two.)

at least one network interface that is connected and operational*

a terminal emulation client

a direct connection to the console port

a direct connection to the auxiliary port

Telnet, SSH, or HTTP access to the device*

13. Match the purpose to the related con guration item. (Not all options are used.)

Place the options in the following order:

connectivity -> assignment of IP address to interface

not scored

identi cation -> hostname


access remote networks -> routing protocols

security -> passwords

14. In which situation would a network administrator install a Cisco Nexus Series or Cisco Catalyst
6500 Series switch to promote infrastructure scalability?

on a service provider network to promote integrated security, and simpli ed management

on a data center network to provide expansion and transport exibility*

to enable virtual stacking of switches to provide cloud-managed access

on a campus LAN network as access layer switches

15.Which statement describes a characteristic of Cisco Meraki switches?

They are service provider switches that aggregate tra c at the edge of the network.

They are cloud-managed access switches that enable virtual stacking of switches.*

They are campus LAN switches that perform the same functions as Cisco 2960 switches.

They promote infrastructure scalability, operational continuity, and transport exibility.


16.Why would a network administrator issue the show cdp neigbors command on a router?

to display router ID and other information about OSPF neighbors

to display device ID and other information about directly connected Cisco devices*

to display routing table and other information about directly connected Cisco devices

to display line status and other information about directly connected Cisco devices

17.What is a characteristic of in-band device management?

It is used to monitor and make con guration changes to a network device over a network
connection.*

It uses a direct connection to a console or AUX port.

It is used for initial con guration or when a network connection is unavailable.

It uses a terminal emulation client.

18.Which two features of enterprise class equipment assists an enterprise network in maintaining
99.999 percent up-time? (Choose two.)

failure domains

services module
44
44
collapsed
Shares core

redundant power supplies*


44
failover capabilities*

NEW QUESTIONS

19. What term is used to express the thickness or height of a switch?

domain size
rack unit*
port density
module size

20. What is the function of ASICs in a multilayer switch?

They streamline forwarding of IP packets in a multilayer switch by bypassing the CPU.*


They aggregate multiple physical switch ports into a single logical port.
They prevent Layer 2 loops by disabling redundant links between switches.
They provide power to devices such as IP phones and wireless access points through Ethernet ports.

21. What network design would contain the scope of disruptions on a network should a failure
occur?

the con guration of all access layer devices to share a single gateway
the installation of only enterprise class equipment throughout the network
the deployment of distribution layer switches in pairs and the division of access layer switch
connections between them*
the reduction in the number of redundant devices and connections in the network core

22. In the Cisco Enterprise Architecture, which two functional parts of the network are combined to
form a collapsed core design? (Choose two.)

distribution layer*
enterprise edge
provider edge
core layer*
access layer

23. What is the function of PoE pass-through?

allows switches, phones, and wireless access points to receive power over existing Ethernet cables
from an upstream switch*

allows multiple physical switch ports to be aggregated together and act as a single logical link to increase
bandwidth on trunk links

allows a switch to disable redundant Layer 2 paths in the topology to prevent Layer 2 loops
allows a multilayer switch to forward IP packets at a rate close to that of Layer 2 switching by bypassing the
CPU

24. What are two ways to access a Cisco switch for out-of-band management? (Choose two.)

a connection that uses the AUX port*

a connection that uses HTTP

a connection that uses the console port*

a connection that uses Telnet

a connection that uses SSH

#1VPNService CCNA3Chapter2v5 CallRecordingon CCNA1Chapter2v5


ExamAnswers2016 Cisco ExamAnswers2016

Ad IPVanish VPN ccna5.net Ad Xima Software ccna5.net

AdvertisingThatWorks CCNA2v6.0Chapter1 CCNA2Chapter3v5 CCNA3Chapter4v5


GoogleAdWords ExamAnswers2017 ExamAnswers2016 ExamAnswers2016

Ad google.ca ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

1 December 6, 2013by CCNA5.NETin answers ccna

CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Exam Answers


CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching
ccna 3 v5.0 ccna exam answers

ccna routing and switching ccna v5.0

ccna3 v5 exam cisco Cisco v5.0 exam

Exam Answers exam ccna 3 version 5.0

examen nal ccna 3 v5.0


Comments

You September 26, 2016 Reply

Perfect!

Comment

Name

Email

two + three =
Add Comment

CCNA5.NET =>
HOME CCNA v6.0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


CCNA 3 Chapter 2 v5 Exam Answers 2016
16
Shares

16

CCNA 3 Scaling Networks Chapter 2 v5 Exam Answers 2016


1.
Which protocol provides up to 16 instances of RSTP, combines many VLANs with the same physical
and logical topology into a common RSTP instance, and provides support for PortFast, BPDU guard,
BPDU lter, root guard, and loop guard?

STP

Rapid PVST+

PVST+

MST*

2.
Which two types of spanning tree protocols can cause suboptimal tra c ows because they
assume only one spanning-tree instance for the entire bridged network? (Choose two.)

STP*

RSTP*

MSTP

Rapid PVST+

PVST+

3.
Refer to the exhibit. Which protocol information is being displayed in the output?

HSRP

VRRP

GLBP*

FHRP

4.
A network administrator is preparing the implementation of Rapid PVST+ on a production network.
How are the Rapid PVST+ link types determined on the switch interfaces?

Link types can only be con gured on access ports con gured with a single VLAN.

Link types must be con gured with speci c port con guration commands.

Link types are determined automatically.*

Link types can only be determined if PortFast has been con gured.

5.
Which RSTP ports are connected to end devices?

root ports

designated ports

trunk ports

edge ports*
6.
If no bridge priority is con gured in PVST, which criteria is considered when electing the root
bridge?

highest IP address

lowest MAC address*

lowest IP address

highest MAC address

7.
Which port state will switch ports immediately transition to when con gured for PortFast?

learning

blocking

forwarding*

listening

8.
To obtain an overview of the spanning tree status of a switched network, a network engineer
issues the show spanning-tree command on a switch. Which two items of information will this
command display? (Choose two.)

The role of the ports in all VLANs.*

The IP address of the management VLAN interface.

The number of broadcasts received on each root port.

The status of native VLAN ports.

The root bridge BID.*

9.
Launch PT Hide and Save PT
Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the question.
Which switch is the root bridge?

Switch_1

Switch_2

Switch_4*

Switch_3

10.
Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.
The spanning-tree mode rapid-pvst global con guration command is used to enable Rapid PVST+.

11.
Which STP priority con guration would ensure that a switch would always be the root switch?

spanning-tree vlan 10 root primary

spanning-tree vlan 10 priority 4096

spanning-tree vlan 10 priority 0*

spanning-tree vlan 10 priority 61440


12.
Which nonproprietary protocol provides router redundancy for a group of routers which support
IPv4 LANs?

VRRPv2*

SLB

GLBP

HSRP

13.
Fill in the blank.
In FHRP operation, two or more routers are represented as a single virtual router.

14.
Which three components are combined to form a bridge ID?

extended system ID*

MAC address*

port ID

IP address

cost

bridge priority*

15.
What is a characteristic of a Layer 2 loop?

A switch is continually forwarding the same unicast frame.

Broadcast frames are forwarded back to the sending switch.*

Routers continually forward packets to other routers.

The Time-to-Live attribute of a frame is set to in nity.

16.
Which two network design features require Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) to ensure correct network
operation? (Choose two.)

redundant links between Layer 2 switches*

removing single points of failure with multiple Layer 2 switches*

link-state dynamic routing that provides redundant routes


static default routes

implementing VLANs to contain broadcasts

17.
What additional information is contained in the 12-bit extended system ID of a BPDU?

MAC address

VLAN ID*

port ID

IP address

18.
What is an advantage of PVST+?

PVST+ optimizes performance on the network through load sharing.*

PVST+ requires fewer CPU cycles for all the switches in the network.

PVST+ reduces bandwidth consumption compared to traditional implementations of STP that use CST.

PVST+ optimizes performance on the network through autoselection of the root bridge.

19.
What is the purpose of HSRP?

It prevents malicious hosts from connecting to trunk ports.

It enables an access port to immediately transition to the forwarding state.

It prevents a rogue switch from becoming the STP root.

It provides a continuous network connection when a router fails.*

20.
In which two port states does a switch learn MAC addresses and process BPDUs in a PVST network?
(Choose two.)

listening

learning*

forwarding*

disabled

blocking
21.Match the step number to the sequence of stages that occur during the HSRP failover process.

Place the options in the following order:


The new forwarding router assumes both the IP and MAC address of the virtual router. -> Step 4
not scored
The standby router assumes the role of the forwarding router. -> Step 3
The forwarding router fails. -> Step 1
The standby router stops seeing hello messages from the forwarding router. -> Step 2

22

Refer to the exhibit. A network engineer is troubleshooting host connectivity on a LAN that uses a
rst hop redundancy protocol. Which IPv4 gateway address should be con gured on the host?

192.168.2.0
192.168.2.1

192.168.2.2

192.168.2.100*

23.
What is the outcome of a Layer 2 broadcast storm?

CSMA/CD will cause each host to continue transmitting frames.

ARP broadcast requests are returned to the transmitting host.

Routers will take over the forwarding of frames as switches become congested.

New tra c is discarded by the switch because it is unable to be processed.*

24. Which Cisco switch feature ensures that con gured switch edge ports do not cause Layer 2
loops if a port is mistakenly connected to another switch?

PortFast

extended system ID

BPDU guard*

PVST+

25. What value determines the root bridge when all switches connected by trunk links have default
STP con gurations?

MAC address*

VLAN ID

extended system ID

bridge priority

26. Which STP port role is adopted by a switch port if there is no other port with a lower cost to the
root bridge?

root port*

disabled port

alternate

designated port
27. What could be the e ect of duplicate unicast frames arriving at a destination device due to
multiple active alternative physical paths?

The number of collision domains increases.

Frame collisions increase.

The number of broadcast domains increases.

Application protocols malfunction.*

28. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator con gured routers R1 and R2 as part of HSRP
group 1. After the routers have been reloaded, a user on Host1 complained of lack of connectivity
to the Internet The network administrator issued the show standby brief command on both
routers to verify the HSRP operations. In addition, the administrator observed the ARP table on
Host1. Which entry should be seen in the ARP table on Host1 in order to gain connectivity to the
Internet?

the virtual IP address of the HSRP group 1 and the MAC address of R1

the IP address and the MAC address of R1

the virtual IP address of the HSRP group 1 and the MAC address of R2

the virtual IP address and the virtual MAC address for the HSRP group 1*

29.Refer to the exhibit. Which trunk link will not forward any tra c after the root bridge election
process is complete?
Trunk1
Trunk2*
Trunk3
Trunk4

30. Fill in the blank. Use a number.


The default hello timer value for STP BPDU frames is ___2__ seconds.

31.Fill in the blank. Do not abbreviate.


To enable Rapid PVST+ on a Cisco switch, the spanning-tree mode __rapid-pvst__ global con guration
mode command is required

32. Which is the default STP operation mode on Cisco Catalyst switches?

PVST+*

MSTP

MST

RSTP
Rapid PVST+

33. Which two concepts relate to a switch port that is intended to have only end devices attached
and intended never to be used to connect to another switch? (Choose two.)

PortFast*

extended system ID

bridge ID

edge port*

PVST+

34. Which two concepts relate to a switch port that is intended to have only end devices and never
to be used to connect to another switch? (choose two)
bridge ID
extended system ID
edge port*
PortFast*
PVST+

35.Match the spanning-tree feature with the protocol type. (Not all options are used.)

Place the options in the following order:

Cisco implementation of IEEE 802.1D ======> PVST+

Fast converging enhancement of IEEE 802.1D ======> RSTP

IEEE standard that reduces the number of STP instances ======+> MSTP

not scored =================> MST

Proprietary per VLAN implementation of IEEE 802.1w =====> Rapid PVST+


Voted#1VPNService CCNA2Chapter2v5 AdvertisingThatWorks CCNA2Chapter3v5
ExamAnswers2016 GoogleAdWords ExamAnswers2016

Ad IPVanish ccna5.net Ad google.ca ccna5.net

CallRecordingon CCNA3Scaling CCNA1v6.0Chapter3 CCNA3Chapter7v5


Cisco NetworksChapter2v5 ExamAnswers2017 ExamAnswers2016
Exam2016 (100

Ad Xima Software ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

0 December 6, 2013by CCNA5.NETin answers ccna

CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Exam Answers


CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching
ccna 3 v5.0 ccna exam answers

ccna routing and switching ccna v5.0

ccna3 v5 exam cisco Cisco v5.0 exam

Exam Answers exam ccna 3 version 5.0

examen nal ccna 3 v5.0

Comments

Comment

Name
Email

+ 7 = eleven
Add Comment

CCNA5.NET =>
HOME CCNA v6.0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


CCNA 3 Chapter 3 v5 Exam Answers 2016

LIMITED-TIME OFFER
EXCELLENT SAMSUNG
15 PHONES. EXCELLENT PRICE.
Shares

15
CCNA 3 Scaling Networks Chapter 3 v5 Exam Answers 2016

1. When a range of ports is being con gured for EtherChannel, which mode will con gure LACP so
that it initiates the EtherChannel negotiation?

desirable

auto

active*

passive

2.Match the description to the correct command. (Not all options are used.)
Place the options in the following order:

This command shows information about the status of the port involved in the Etherchannel. ->
show interfaces fa0/2 etherchannel

not scored

This command shows information about the reliability of the port-channel. -> show interfaces port-
channel1

This command is used to check what port channels are con gured on a switch. -> show
etherchannel summary

This command shows the list of ports involved in the port channel and the time since the ports
were bundled. -> show etherchannel port-channel
3
What is an advantage of using LACP?

decreases the chance of a spanning-tree loop

provides a simulated environment for testing link aggregation

allows automatic formation of EtherChannel links*

decreases the amount of con guration that is needed on a switch for EtherChannel

increases redundancy to Layer 3 devices

4
Which command will initiate EtherChannel interface con guration mode?

interface port-channel interface-identi er*

interface interface-identi er

interface range interface-identi er

channel-group group-identi er

5
Launch PT Hide and Save PT
Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the question.
What are two reasons why the ping messages that are issued from Laptop0 towards Laptop1 are
failing? (Choose two.)

The wrong cable types are connecting the two switches.

The channel group mode is not set correctly on the switches.

The interface VLAN 1 is shut down on both switches.

The channel group should be con gured as a trunk on each switch.*

The two interfaces on each of the switches belong to di erent VLANs.*

6
Which three options must match in order to establish an EtherChannel between two directly
connected switches? (Choose three.)

speed of the interfaces that are used for EtherChannel*

port numbers that are used for the EtherChannel

VLAN memberships of the interfaces that are used for EtherChannel*

duplex settings of the interfaces that are used for EtherChannel*

port security settings on the interfaces that used for EtherChannel

domain names on the switches


7

Refer to the exhibit. Which switching technology would allow each access layer switch link to be
aggregated to provide more bandwidth between each Layer 2 switch and the Layer 3 switch?

trunking

EtherChannel*

HSRP

PortFast

8
Which statement is true regarding the use of PAgP to create EtherChannels?

It requires more physical links than LACP does.

It mandates that an even number of ports (2, 4, 6, etc.) be used for aggregation.

It is Cisco proprietary.*

It increases the number of ports that are participating in spanning tree.

It requires full duplex.

9
Which PAgP mode combination will establish an EtherChannel?

switch 1 set to desirable; switch 2 set to desirable.*

switch 1 set to on; switch 2 set to desirable.

switch 1 set to auto; switch 2 set to auto.

switch 1 set to auto; switch 2 set to on.

10
What is a best practice to use before beginning an EtherChannel implementation?

Shut down each of the a ected interfaces.*


Assign a ected interfaces to VLAN 1.

Assign a ected interfaces to the management VLAN.

Enable each of the a ected interfaces.

Assign a ected interfaces to an unused VLAN.

11
Which two protocols are link aggregation protocols? (Choose two.)

STP

802.3ad*

EtherChannel

RSTP

PAgP*

12

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has decided that an EtherChannel between ports 0/1
and 0/2 on switches S1 and S2 would help performance. After making the con guration, the
administrator notices no performance gain. Based on the output that is shown, what two possible
assumptions could a network administrator make? (Choose two.)

The EtherChannel bundle is working.

One of the ports on S2 was not con gured correctly.*


Switch S2 must be con gured so that the maximum number of port channels is increased.

LACP and PAgP were both used to form the EtherChannel.

Switch S2 did not use a compatible EtherChannel mode.

The EtherChannel bundle is not working.*

13
Which statement describes an EtherChannel implementation?

EtherChannel can connect up to a maximum of eight separate links.

EtherChannel operates only at Layer 2.

PAgP cannot be used in conjunction with EtherChannel.

A trunked port can be part of an EtherChannel bundle.*

14
When a range of ports is being con gured for EtherChannel by the use of PAgP, which mode will
form the bundled channel only if the port receives PAgP packets from another device?

active

desirable

auto*

passive

15
As the network administrator you have been asked to implement EtherChannel on the corporate
network. What does this con guration consist of?

grouping multiple physical ports to increase bandwidth between two switches*

grouping two devices to share a virtual IP address

providing redundant devices to allow tra c to ow in the event of device failure

providing redundant links that dynamically block or forward tra c

16
Refer to the exhibit. The administrator tried to create an EtherChannel between S1 and the other
two switches via the commands that are shown, but was unsuccessful. What is the problem?

Tra c cannot be sent to two di erent switches through the same EtherChannel link.*

Tra c can only be sent to two di erent switches if EtherChannel is implemented on Gigabit Ethernet
interfaces.

Tra c can only be sent to two di erent switches if EtherChannel is implemented on Layer 3 switches.

Tra c cannot be sent to two di erent switches, but only to two di erent devices like an EtherChannel-
enabled server and a switch.

17
An EtherChannel link using LACP was formed between two switches, S1 and S2. While verifying the
con guration, which mode combination could be utilized on both switches?

S1-on and S2-active

S1-passive and S2-active*

S1-passive and S2-passive

S1-on and S2-passive

18
What is the most cost-e ective method of solving interface congestion that is caused by a high
level of tra c between two switches?

aggregate ports by using EtherChannel*

insert a router between the switches

increase uplink speed

add more VLANs to reduce broadcast domains

19
Refer to the exhibit. An EtherChannel was con gured between switches S1 and S2, but the
interfaces do not form an EtherChannel. What is the problem?

The interface port-channel number has to be di erent on each switch.

The switch ports were not con gured with speed and duplex mode.

The EtherChannel was not con gured with the same allowed range of VLANs on each interface.*

The switch ports have to be con gured as access ports with each port having a VLAN assigned.

20
Which two load balancing methods can be implemented with EtherChannel technology? (Choose
two.)

destination IP to source IP

destination MAC to destination IP

source IP to destination IP*

source MAC to destination MAC*

destination IP to destination MAC

destination MAC to source MAC

21.The trunk link between two 2960 switches has reached its capacity. How can this be addressed
in the most economical way?

Decrease the size of the inter-switch collision domain by con guring additional VLANs.
Combine physical ports into a high-speed logical link by con guring EtherChannel.*
Create additional broadcast domains by inserting a router between the switches.
Increase the speed of the ports.
22. A network administrator is con guring an EtherChannel link between switches SW1 and SW2 by
using the command SW1(con g-if-range)# channel-group 1 mode passive. Which command must be
used on SW2 to enable this EtherChannel?

SW2(con g-if-range)# channel-group 1 mode passive

SW2(con g-if-range)# channel-group 1 mode desirable

SW2(con g-if-range)# channel-group 1 mode active*

SW2(con g-if-range)# channel-group 1 mode auto

23. Which statement describes a characteristic of EtherChannel?

It consists of multiple parallel links between a switch and a router.


It can combine up to a maximum of 4 physical links.
It is made by combining multiple physical links that are seen as one link between two switches.*
It can bundle mixed types of 100 Mb/s and 1Gb/s Ethernet links.

24.

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator issued the show etherchannel summary command
on the switch S1. What conclusion can be drawn?

The etherchannel is not funtional.*


The etherchannel is suspended.
The port aggregation protocol PAgP is miscon gured.
FastEthernet ports FA0/1, FA0/2, and FA0/3 do not join the EtherChannel.

25. What are two advantages of using LACP? (Choose two.)

provides a simulated environment for testing link aggregation


allows use of multivendor devices*
decreases the amount of con guration that is needed on a switch for EtherChannel
increases redundancy to Layer 3 devices
eliminates the need for the spanning-tree protocol
allows automatic formation of EtherChannel links*

26. Which three settings must match in order for switch ports to form an EtherChannel? (Choose
three.)

Port security settings on the connected physical interfaces must be con gured to the same violation mode.
The SNMP community strings must be con gured the same.
Non-trunk ports must belong to the same VLAN*
The duplex settings of the switch ports on both sides of the physical link must match.
The interfaces must be con gured to the same speed.*
The switch port numbers that will be combined to form the EtherChannel must match.

Voted#1VPNService CCNA2Chapter3v5 CallRecordingon CCNA1v6.0Chapter3


ExamAnswers2016 Cisco ExamAnswers2017
(100
Ad IPVanish ccna5.net Ad Xima Software ccna5.net

MITonlineAIprogram CCNA3Chapter7v5 CCNA3Scaling CCNA3R&S:Scaling


ExamAnswers2016 NetworksChapter3v5 NetworksFinalExam
Exam2016 Answersv5.02+v5.03...

Ad MIT Sloan and MIT CSAIL ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

3 December 6, 2013by CCNA5.NETin answers ccna

CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Exam Answers


CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching
ccna 3 v5.0 ccna exam answers

ccna routing and switching ccna v5.0

ccna3 v5 exam cisco Cisco v5.0 exam

Exam Answers exam ccna 3 version 5.0


examen nal ccna 3 v5.0

Comments

frozen April 9, 2015 Reply

La 2 es:
Place the options in the following order:

This command shows information about the status of the port involved in the Etherchannel.

not scored

This command shows information about the reliability of the port-channel.

This command shows the list of ports involved in the port channel and the time since the
ports were bundled.

This command is used to check what port channels are con gured on a switch.

damn August 23, 2015


no.. its wrong..!!! dumb shit.

meltdown August 28, 2015 Reply

Wrong answer, my friend! The good one is from the author!

Comment

Name

Email

seven six =
Add Comment

CCNA5.NET =>
HOME CCNA v6.0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


CCNA 3 Chapter 4 v5 Exam Answers 2016
17
Shares

17

CCNA 3 Scaling Networks Chapter 4 v5 Exam Answers 2016


1.

Launch PT Hide and Save PT


Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the question.
What is the SSID of the connected network and which message is displayed in the browser window?
SSID: Home-Network
Message: Well done!

SSID: Home-Network
Message: Good job!

SSID: Home-Net
Message:Congratulations! You did it!

SSID: Home-Net
Message:Congratulations! You were able to connect it! *

2.
A administrator wishes to extend the range of the existing IEEE 802.11n network without changing
the AP. What can the administrator do to accomplish this?

Change to WPA2 authentication.

Deploy a Wi-Fi Range Extender.*

Split the wireless tra c between the 802.11n 2.4 GHz band and the 5 GHz band.

Upgrade the rmware on the AP.

3.Which security mode is the least secure choice when a home wireless router is con gured?

WPA

WEP*

WPA2-Personal

WPA2

4.Which two roles are typically performed by a wireless router that is used in a home or small
business? (Choose two.)

RADIUS authentication server

repeater

access point*

WLAN controller

Ethernet switch*

5.Which organization certi es vendors for adherence to the 802.11 standards to improve
interoperability of 802.11 products?

IEEE
FCC

ITU-R

Wi-Fi Alliance*

6.Which feature of 802.11n wireless access points allows them to transmit data at faster speeds
than previous versions of 802.11 Wi-Fi standards did?

MITM

SPS

MIMO*

WPS

7.Which type of wireless topology is created when two or more Basic Service Sets are
interconnected by Ethernet?

ESS*

BSS

IBISS

ad hoc WLAN

WiFi Direct

8.If three 802.11b access points need to be deployed in close proximity, which three frequency
channels should be used? (Choose three.)

1*

6*

11*

9.What type of wireless antenna is best suited for providing coverage in large open spaces, such as
hallways or large conference rooms?

Yagi

omnidirectional*
directional

dish

10.Which three Wi-Fi standards operate in the 2.4GHz range of frequencies? (Choose three.)

802.11b*

802.11n*

802.11ac

802.11a

802.11g*

11.What is the purpose of the Distributed Coordination Function in an IEEE 802.11 WLAN
environment?

It is used to send data over a half-duplex connection.

It is used in a full-duplex environment to detect collisions.

It allows a client to detect whether or not a channel is clear prior to transmission.*

It allows the client to change transmission channels.

12.An employee connects wirelessly to the company network using a cell phone. The employee
then con gures the cell phone to act as a wireless access point that will allow new employees to
connect to the company network. Which type of security threat best describes this situation?

rogue access point*

spoo ng

cracking

denial of service

13.During which stage of establishing connectivity between a WLAN client and an AP does the
client learn the MAC address of the AP?

encryption

authentication

discovery

association*

probing
14.Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.
Ad hoc wireless topologies sometimes can use a feature called tethering to enable a smartphone to
create a personal hotspot.

15.What is an advantage of SSID cloaking?

It is the best way to secure a wireless network.

Clients will have to manually identify the SSID to connect to the network.*

SSIDs are very di cult to discover because APs do not broadcast them.

It provides free Internet access in public locations where knowing the SSID is of no concern.

16.A student uses a laptop to upload an assignment to a le server. Which wireless frame type did
the laptop send to locate and associate with the campus access point?

data frame

beacon frame

management frame*

control frame

17.Which type of management frame may regularly be broadcast by an AP?

authentication

beacon*

probe response

probe request

18.A company has recently implemented an 802.11n wireless network. Some users are complaining
that the wireless network is too slow. Which solution is the best method to enhance the
performance of the wireless network?

Disable DHCP on the access point and assign static addresses to the wireless clients.

Replace the wireless NICs on the computers that are experiencing slow connections.

Split the tra c between the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands.*

Upgrade the rmware on the wireless access point.

19.For which discovery mode will an AP generate the most tra c on a WLAN?

open mode
passive mode*

active mode

mixed mode

20.Which statement de nes the control frame operation between two stations?

After receiving a data frame, the receiving station will send an ACK frame to the sending station if
no errors are found.*

A station responds to an RTS frame with an ACK frame, thus providing permission for the requesting
station to send a data frame.

If the sending station does not receive an ACK frame within a predetermined period of time, the sending
station will drop the connection.

A station sends an RTS frame as the rst step in a three-way handshake that is required before sending
data frames.

21.What is a di erence between Cisco APs that operate in a home environment and Cisco APs that
operate in a corporate environment?

Some corporate AP models can operate in either autonomous mode or controller-based mode.*

Controller-based APs are used in the corporate environment, and they are server-dependent devices that
require an initial con guration to operate.

Autonomous APs are used only in the home environment, and they incorporate the functions of a router,
switch, and AP into one device.

Cisco corporate APs do not support PoE.

22.Match the type of attack to its description. (Not all options are used.)
Place the options in the following order:
not scored
MITM -> AN AP connected or enabled by an attacker to capture client data in transit.
spoofed disconnct DoS -> A series of cyclic dissasociate commands that causes all clients in the BSS
to disconnect.
CTS ood DoS -> A repeated ood of the BSS with clear-to-send frames to a bogus client.

23.Place the following actions in the order in which they occur in a shared key authentication
process. (Not all options are used.)

Place the options in the following order:


not scored
Step 2 -> The AP send a challenge text to the client.
Step 5 -> The AP authenticates the client.
Step 1 -> The client sends an authentication frame to the AP.
Step 3 -> The client encrypts the message.
not scored
Step 4 -> The AP decypts the message.

24. Fill in the blank. Use the acronym.


Which encryption protocol is used by the WPA2 shared key authentication technique?__AES__

25. A WLAN user wants to allocate an optimal amount of bandwidth to a speci c online game. What
is a Linksys Smart Wi-Fi tool that will allow the user to do this?

Widgets
Speed Test
Media Prioritization *
Bandwidth Prioritization
26. Which parameter is commonly used to identify a wireless network name when a home wireless
AP is being con gured?

ad hoc
BESS
ESS
SSID*

27. A supervisor needs wireless access in the construction o ce during the construction of a new
building. The construction o ce is in the new building and directly across the road from
headquarters. What could be used to satisfy this requirement of needing a narrow area of
coverage?

multiple MIMO antennas


omnidirectional
rubber duck
Yagi*

28. Which IEEE wireless standard is known as WiGig and operates using a tri-band solution in the
2.4, 5, and 60 GHz ranges?

802.11g
802.11n
802.11ac
802.11ad*

29. Fill in the blank.


A network administrator discovers a rogue AP in the network. The rogue AP is capturing tra c and then
forwarding it on to the legitimate AP. This type of attack is known as a __man in the middle__attack.
Voted#1VPNService CCNA1Chapter3v5 MITonlineAIprogram CCNA3Scaling
ExamAnswers2016 NetworksChapter4v5
Exam2016
Ad IPVanish ccna5.net Ad MIT Sloan and MIT CSAIL ccna5.net

CallRecordingon CCNA1v6.0Chapter3 CCNA3Routingand CCNA3Chapter7v5


Cisco ExamAnswers2017 SwitchingScaling ExamAnswers2016
(100 NetworksEIGRP...

Ad Xima Software ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

2 December 6, 2013by CCNA5.NETin answers ccna

CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Exam Answers


CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching
ccna 3 v5.0 ccna exam answers

ccna routing and switching ccna v5.0

ccna3 v5 exam cisco Cisco v5.0 exam

Exam Answers exam ccna 3 version 5.0

examen nal ccna 3 v5.0

Comments

Tamimo April 5, 2015 Reply

i had the exam know and there is a question that did not appeared here

Q- What is the purpose of the Distributed Coordination Function in an IEEE 802.11 WLAN
environment?

. It is used to send data over a half-duplex connection


.It allows a client to detect whether or not a channel is clear prior to transmission

.It is used in a full-duplex environment to detect collisions

.It allows the client to change transmission channels

i think the answer is the second one

netboy12 June 1, 2015


Thats cool

Comment

Name

Email

seven = four
Add Comment

CCNA5.NET =>
HOME CCNA v6.0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


CCNA 3 Chapter 5 v5 Exam Answers 2016

9
Shares

CCNA 3 Scaling Networks Chapter 5 v5 Exam Answers 2016


1.A network administrator has just changed the router ID on a router that is working in an OSPFv2
environment. What should the administrator do to reset the adjacencies and use the new router
ID?

Issue the clear ip ospf process privileged mode command.*

Con gure the network statements.

Change the OSPFv2 process ID.

Change the interface priority.

Refer to the exhibit. What three conclusions can be drawn from the displayed output? (Choose
three.)
The DR can be reached through the GigabitEthernet 0/0 interface.*

There have been 9 seconds since the last hello packet sent.*

The router ID on the DR router is 3.3.3.3

The BDR has three neighbors.

The router ID values were not the criteria used to select the DR and the BDR.*

This interface is using the default priority.

3.When checking a routing table, a network technician notices the following entry:

O*E2 0.0.0.0/0 [110/1] via 192.168.16.3, 00:20:22, Serial0/0/0

What information can be gathered from this output?

This route is a propagated default route.*

The edge of the OSPF area 0 is the interface that is addressed 192.168.16.3.

The route is located two hops away.

The metric for this route is 110.

4.Which command will a network engineer issue to verify the con gured hello and dead timer
intervals on a point-to-point WAN link between two routers that are running OSPFv2?

show ipv6 ospf interface serial 0/0/0

show ip ospf neighbor

show ip ospf interface serial 0/0/0*

show ip ospf interface fastethernet 0/1

5.A network engineer has manually con gured the hello interval to 15 seconds on an interface of a
router that is running OSPFv2. By default, how will the dead interval on the interface be a ected?

The dead interval will not change from the default value.

The dead interval will now be 30 seconds.

The dead interval will now be 15 seconds.

The dead interval will now be 60 seconds.*

6
Refer to the exhibit. An administrator is trying to con gure R1 to run OSPFv3 but the neighbor
adjacency is not forming with the router connected to Fa0/0. What is the cause of the problem?

FastEthernet0/0 has been con gured as a passive interface.

No router ID has been con gured.*

A link-local address has not been con gured on interface FastEthernet0/0.

The OSPF process ID and area values are backwards in the interface con guration.

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has con gured the OSPF timers to the values that are
shown in the graphic. What is the result of having those manually con gured timers?

The R1 dead timer expires between hello packets from R2.*

The neighbor adjacency has formed.

R1 automatically adjusts its own timers to match the R2 timers.

The hello timer on R2 expires every ten seconds.


8.When OSPFv2 neighbors are establishing adjacencies, in which state do they elect a DR and BDR
router?

Two-Way state*

Loading state

Init state

Exchange state

Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are connected to the same LAN segment and are con gured to run
OSPFv3. They are not forming a neighbor adjacency. What is the cause of the problem?

The OSPFv3 process IDs of R1 and R2 are di erent.

The priority value of both R1 and R2 is 1.

The timer intervals of R1 and R2 do not match.*

The IPv6 addresses of R1 and R2 are not in the same subnet.

10
Refer to the exhibit. What kind of OSPF authentication has been con gured on this interface?

null

simple

MD5*

plain text

11.Why is MD5 authentication more secure than simple authentication for OSPF updates?

MD5 does not send the password to the neighbor router.*

MD5 requires passwords that are at least 8 characters long.

MD5 uses both a username and a password to authenticate the neighbor.

MD5 employs IPsec to keep the updates from being intercepted.


12.Which two pieces of information are used by the OSPF MD5 algorithm to generate a signature?
(Choose two.)

OSPF router ID

secret key*

router hostname

interface IP address

OSPF message*
13.A network engineer is troubleshooting convergence and adjacency issues in an OSPFv2 network
and has noted that some expected network route entries are not displayed in the routing table.
Which two commands will provide additional information about the state of router adjacencies,
timer intervals, and the area ID? (Choose two.)

show running-con guration

show ip ospf neighbor*

show ip ospf interface*

show ip route ospf

show ip protocols

14.Why do OSPF serial interfaces usually require manual bandwidth con guration?

OSPF uses the bandwidth value to compute routes for its routing table.*

All serial interfaces default to a value of 1.544 Mb/s.

Each side of an OSPF serial link should be con gured with a unique value.

Bandwidth value a ects the actual speed of the link.

15.A network engineer is troubleshooting an OSPFv2 network and discovers that two routers
connected by a point-to-point WAN serial link are not establishing an adjacency. The OSPF routing
process, network commands and area ID are all con rmed as correct, and the interfaces are not
passive. Testing shows that the cabling is correct, that the link is up, and pings between the
interfaces are successful. What is most likely the problem?

A clock rate has not been set on the DCE interface of the serial link.

The OSPFv2 process IDs on each router do not match.

A DR election has not taken place.

The subnet masks on the two connected serial interfaces do not match.*

16.A network engineer is troubleshooting OSPFv2 routing issues on two connected routers. Which
two requirements to form an adjacency need to be veri ed? (Choose two.)

Verify that the interfaces that connect the two routers are in the same area.*

Verify that one of the routers is the DR or BDR and the other router a DRother.

Verify that one of the interfaces that connects the two routers is active and the other passive.

Verify that the interfaces that connect the two routers are in the same subnet.*

Verify that both routers are using the same OSPFv2 process ID.
17.Which command is used to verify that OSPF is enabled and also provides a list of the networks
that are being advertised by the network?

show ip protocols*

show ip ospf interface

show ip interface brief

show ip route ospf

18

Refer to the exhibit. Four routers are connected to an Ethernet LAN segment and are con gured to
run OSPFv3. However, none of the routers are receiving routing updates. What is the cause of the
problem?

The routers are using IPv6 link local addresses to communicate.

The network type has been set to BROADCAST instead of NBMA.

The routers are using IPv4 addresses for router IDs.

All of the routers have an OSPFv3 interface priority of 0.*

19
Refer to the exhibit. These two routers are con gured to run OSPFv3 but they are not forming a
neighbor adjacency. What is the cause of the problem?

The routers do not have global IPv6 addresses that are con gured on the Fa0/0 interfaces.

The routers have both been elected as the DR.

The routers are con gured with the same router ID.*

The routers have the same priority.

20.A network engineer suspects that OSPFv3 routers are not forming neighbor adjacencies because
there are interface timer mismatches. Which two commands can be issued on the interface of each
OSFPv3 router to resolve all timer mismatches? (Choose two.)

no ipv6 ospf dead-interval*

no ipv6 router ospf 10

ip ospf dead-interval 40

no ipv6 ospf hello-interval*

no ipv6 ospf cost 10

ip ospf hello-interval 10

21.
Refer to the exhibit. Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.
The command show ipv6 route can be issued on router R2 to verify the propagation of a static default
route from R1 to R2.

22.Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.


When IPv4 and OSPFv2 are being used, the command show ip ospf neighbor is used to verify that a
router has formed an adjacency with its neighboring routers.

23.Match each OSPF state to its function. (Not all options are used.)

Place the options in the following order:

not scored

full state -> Routers have converged.

loading state -> LSRs and LSUs are used to gain additional route information.
ExStart state -> Master / slave relationships are negotiated.

24.Match each OSPF election criterion to its sequential order for the OSPF DR and BDR election
process. (Not all options are used.)

Place the options in the following order:


third -> Elect the router with the highest IPv4 address on loopback interfaces.
second -> Elect the router with the highest manually con gured router ID.
not scored
rst -> Elect the router with the highest interface priority
fourth -> Elect the router with the highest active IPv4 address on physical interfaces.

25. Refer to the exhibit. Which conclusion can be drawn from this OSPF multiaccess network?

If the DR stops producing Hello packets, a BDR will be elected, and then it promotes itself to assume the
role of DR.

With an election of the DR, the number of adjacencies is reduced from 6 to 3.*

All DROTHER routers will send LSAs to the DR and BDR to multicast 224.0.0.5.

When a DR is elected all other non-DR routers become DROTHER.

26.What is a recommended method of authentication for OSPFv3?

MD5 authentication

IPsec to secure routing updates*

the passive-interface command

a VPN tunnel between each OSPF neighbor adjacency


27.A fully converged ve router OSPF network has been running successfully for several weeks. All
con gurations have been saved and no static routes are used. If one router loses power and
reboots, what information will be in its routing table after the con guration le is loaded but
before OSPF has converged?

Because the SPF algorithm has not completed all calculations, no routes will be in the table.

A summary route for all previously learned routes will automatically appear in the routing table until all
LSPs have been received by the router.

All routes for the entire network will be present.

Directly connected networks that are operational will be in the routing table.*

28.During veri cation or troubleshooting of the OPSFv3 con guration on a router, which three
parameters are displayed by the show ipv6 ospf interface command? (Choose three.)

the hello and dead intervals*

the metric of the route that is attached to the interface

the global unicast IPv6 address of the interface

the number of interfaces in the area

the OSPFv3 area that the interface is in*

the process ID that is assigned to the interface*

29.Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the
question.

Which task has to be performed on Router 1 for it to establish an OSPF adjacency with Router 2?

Issue the clear ip ospf process command.

Remove the passive interface command from interface FastEthernet 0/0.

Add the network 10.0.1.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 command to the OSPF process.

Change the subnet mask of interface FastEthernet 0/0 to 255.255.255.0.*

#1VPNService CCNA3Chapter8v5 CallRecordingon CCNA3Chapter7v5


ExamAnswers2016 Cisco ExamAnswers2016

Ad IPVanish VPN ccna5.net Ad Xima Software ccna5.net

CCNPPracticeTests CCNA3Scaling CCNA3Chapter9v5 CCNA3R&S:Scaling


NetworksChapter5v5 ExamAnswers2016 NetworksFinalExam
Exam2016 Answersv5.02+v5.03...

Ad www.simulationexams.com ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

0 December 6, 2013by CCNA5.NETin answers ccna

CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Exam Answers


CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching
ccna 3 v5.0 ccna exam answers

ccna routing and switching ccna v5.0

ccna3 v5 exam cisco Cisco v5.0 exam

Exam Answers exam ccna 3 version 5.0

examen nal ccna 3 v5.0

Comments

Comment

Name
Email

ve = one
Add Comment

CCNA5.NET =>
HOME CCNA v6.0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


13
Shares
CCNA 3 Chapter 6 v5 Exam Answers 2016
13

CCNA 3 Scaling Networks Chapter 6 v5 Exam Answers 2016


1
The network administrator has been asked to summarize the routes for a new OSPF area. The
networks to be summarized are 172.16.8.0, 172.16.10.0, and 172.16.12.0 with subnet masks of
255.255.255.0 for each network. Which command should the administrator use to forward the
summary route for area 15 into area 0?

area 15 range 172.16.8.0 255.255.255.248

area 0 range 172.16.8.0 255.255.248.0

area 0 range 172.16.8.0 255.255.255.248

area 15 range 172.16.8.0 255.255.248.0*

2
Fill in the blank.
The backbone area interconnects with all other OSPF area types.

3.Match each type of OSPF router to its description. (Not all options are used.)
Place the options in the following order:
backbone router-> a router in the backbone area
not scored
internal router -> a router with all its interfaces in the same area
Autonomous System Boundary Router -> a router that has at least one interface that is attached
to a non-OSPF network
Area Border Router -> a router with its interfaces attached to multiple areas

4
Fill in the blank. Do not use acronyms.
OSPF type 2 LSA messages are only generated by the DR router to advertise routes in multiaccess
networks.

5
What is one advantage of using multiarea OSPF?

It improves the routing e ciency by reducing the routing table and link-state update overhead.*

It enables multiple routing protocols to be running in a large network.

It increases the routing performance by dividing the neighbor table into separate smaller ones.

It allows OSPFv2 and OSPFv3 to be running together.

6
A network administrator is verifying a multi-area OSPF con guration by checking the routing table
on a router in area 1. The administrator notices a route to a network that is connected to a router
in area 2. Which code appears in front of this route in the routing table within area 1?

O IA*

O
C

O E2

Refer to the exhibit. What can be concluded about network 192.168.4.0 in the R2 routing table?

This network should be used to forward tra c toward external networks.

The network was learned from a router within the same area as R2.*

The network was learned through summary LSAs from an ABR.

The network can be reached through the GigabitEthernet0/0 interface.

8
An ABR in a multiarea OSPF network receives LSAs from its neighbor that identify the neighbor as
an ASBR with learned external networks from the Internet. Which LSA type would the ABR send to
other areas to identify the ASBR, so that internal tra c that is destined for the Internet will be
sent through the ASBR?

LSA type 1

LSA type 2

LSA type 3

LSA type 4*

LSA type 5

9
Which three steps in the design and implementation of a multiarea OSPF network are considered
planning steps? (Choose three.)

Con gure OSPF.

De ne the OSPF parameters.*


Troubleshoot the con gurations.

Gather the required parameters.*

De ne the network requirements.*

Verify OSPF.

10
Fill in the blank. Use a number.
An ASBR generates type 5 LSAs for each of its external routes and oods them into the area that it is
connected to.

11

Refer to the exhibit. What is indicated by the O IA in the router output?

The route was learned from within the area.

The route was learned from outside the internetwork.

The route was manually con gured.

The route was learned from another area.*

12
Which command can be used to verify the contents of the LSDB in an OSPF area?

show ip route ospf

show ip ospf database*

show ip ospf interface

show ip ospf neighbor

13
Which statement describes a multiarea OSPF network?

It has a core backbone area with other areas connected to the backbone area.*
It has multiple routers that run multiple routing protocols simultaneously, and each protocol consists of an
area.

It consists of multiple network areas that are daisy-chained together.

It requires a three-layer hierarchical network design approach.

14
Which characteristic describes both ABRs and ASBRs that are implemented in a multiarea OSPF
network?

They usually have many local networks attached.

They both run multiple routing protocols simultaneously.

They are required to perform any summarization or redistribution tasks.*

They are required to reload frequently and quickly in order to update the LSDB.

15
Where can interarea route summarization be performed in an OSPF network?

ABR*

any router

DR

ASBR

16

Refer to the exhibit. Which two statements are correct? (Choose two.)

The entry for 172.16.200.1 represents a loopback interface.

To reach network 172.16.2.0, tra c will travel through the GigabitEthernet0/0 interface.

To reach network 192.168.1.0, tra c will exit via the Serial0/0/0 interface.*
The routing table contains routes from multiple areas.*

The routing table contains two intra-area routes.

17

Launch PT Hide and Save PT


Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the question.
What is preventing users who are connected to router R2 from accessing resources located either
within the network 192.168.1.0 or the internet?

The router R2 is not receiving any updates from either router R1 or R3.*

The default route is not redistributed correctly from the router R1 by OSPF.

The OSPF timers that are con gured on routers R1, R2, and R3 are not compatible.

The interface that is connected to the ISP is down.

The OSPF network statements are miscon gured on one of the routers.

18
Which two statements correctly describe OSPF type 3 LSAs? (Choose two.)

Type 3 LSAs are used to update routes between OSPF areas.*

Type 3 LSAs are known as router link entries.


Type 3 LSAs are used for routes to networks outside the OSPF autonomous system.

Type 3 LSAs are known as autonomous system external LSA entries.

Type 3 LSAs are generated without requiring a full SPF calculation.*

19
A network administrator is implementing OSPF in a portion of the network and must ensure that
only speci c routes are advertised via OSPF. Which network statement would con gure the OSPF
process for networks 192.168.4.0, 192.168.5.0, 192.168.6.0, and 192.168.7.0, now located in the
backbone area, and inject them into the OSPF domain?

r1(con g-router)# network 192.168.0.0 0.0.0.255 area 1

r1(con g-router)# network 192.168.4.0 0.0.255.255 area 0

r1(con g-router)# network 192.168.4.0 0.0.15.255 area 1

r1(con g-router)# network 192.168.0.0 0.0.3.255 area 0

r1(con g-router)# network 192.168.4.0 0.0.3.255 area 0*

r1(con g-router)# network 192.168.4.0 0.0.3.255 area 1

20
Which two networks are part of the summary route 192.168.32.0/22? (Choose two.)

192.168.35.0/24*

192.168.36.0/24

192.168.33.0/24*

192.168.31.0/24

192.168.37.0/24

192.168.38.0/24

21
Refer to the exhibit. Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.
The network192.168.10.128 0.0.0.127 area 1 command must be issued to con gure R1 for multiarea
OSPF.

22. Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the
question.
Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.
What is the missing command on router R2 to establish an adjacency between routers R1 and R3?

-> network 172.16.10.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 <-

23. What routing table descriptor is used to identify OSPF summary networks that originate from
an ABR?

O E1
O E2
O
O IA*

24. What is used to facilitate hierarchical routing in OSPF?

autosummarization
the election of designated routers
frequent SPF calculations
the use of multiple areas*

25. What type of OSPF LSA is originated by ASBR routers to advertise external routes?

type 2
type 3
type 1
type 5*
26. What OSPF LSA type is used to inform routers of the router ID of the DR in each multiaccess
network in an OSPF area?

type 1
type 4
type 3
type 2*

27. Why do OSPF serial interfaces usually require manual bandwidth con guration?

Bandwidth value a ects the actual speed of the link.


Each side of an OSPF serial link should be con gured with a unique value.
OSPF uses the bandwidth value to compute routes for its routing table.*
All serial interfaces default to a value of 1.544 Mb/s.

28.Refer to the exhibit.

After attempting to enter the con guration that is shown in router RTA, an administrator receives
an error and users on VLAN 20 report that they are unable to reach users on VLAN 30. What is
causing the problem?

RTA is using the same subnet for VLAN 20 and VLAN 30.*
There is no address on Fa0/0 to use as a default gateway.
Dot1q does not support subinterfaces.
The no shutdown command should have been issued on Fa0/0.20 and Fa0/0.30.

29. Refer to the exhibit.

A network administrator has been asked to summarize the networks shown in the exhibit as part
of a multiarea OSPF implementation. All addresses are using a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0. What
is the correct summarization for these eight networks?

10.0.8.0 255.255.248.0
10.0.4.0 255.255.248.0
10.0.4.0 255.255.0.0
10.0.0.0 255.255.240.0*

#1VPNService CCNA3Chapter7 CallRecordingon CCNA3Chapter8


v5ExamAnswers Cisco v5ExamAnswers
2016 2016
Ad IPVanish VPN ccna5.net Ad Xima Software ccna5.net

AdvertisingThat CCNA3Scaling CCNA2Chapter3 CCNA3Chapter9


WorksGoogle NetworksChapter v5ExamAnswers v5ExamAnswers
AdWords 6v5Exam2016 2016 2016
Ad google.ca ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

5 December 6, 2013by CCNA5.NETin answers ccna

CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Exam Answers


CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching
ccna 3 v5.0 ccna exam answers

ccna routing and switching ccna v5.0

ccna3 v5 exam cisco Cisco v5.0 exam

Exam Answers exam ccna 3 version 5.0

examen nal ccna 3 v5.0

Comments

mia March 8, 2014 Reply

thanks a lot
jughead September 22, 2014 Reply

maragul a sawup

fred March 17, 2015 Reply

Q4 should be designated as it says do not use acronyms

Cisco October 10, 2015 Reply

Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the
question.
Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.
What is the missing command on router R2 to establish an adjacency between routers R1
and R3?
network 172.16.10.0 0.0.255.255 area 0

Walker July 29, 2016 Reply

16 is wrong, the correct answer is:


* The routing table contains routes from multiple areas.

* To reach network 192.168.1.0, tra c will exit via the Serial0/0/0 interface.

Comment

Name

Email

+ nine = twelve
Add Comment
CCNA5.NET =>
HOME CCNA v6.0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


CCNA 3 Chapter 7 v5 Exam Answers 2016

Brand New Apple T Talfaza, BoxyHD, P


Selling Brand New Renouveler votre in
$200 $34

9
Shares

CCNA 3 Scaling Networks Chapter 7 v5 Exam Answers 2016


9

1.Order the precedence in which an EIGRP router would choose the router ID. (Not all options are
used.)

Place the options in the following order:


rst -> eigrp router-id command
not scored
third -> highest IPv4 address on active physical interfaces
second -> highest IPv4 address on loopback interfaces

Refer to the exhibit. Which command should be used to con gure EIGRP to only advertise the
network that is attached to the gigabit Ethernet 0/1 interface?
network 172.16.23.64 0.0.0.63*

network 172.16.23.0 255.255.255.192

network 172.16.23.64 0.0.0.127

network 172.16.23.0 255.255.255.128

3
What is the purpose of using protocol-dependent modules in EIGRP?

to accommodate routing of di erent network layer protocols*

to identify di erent application layer protocols

to describe di erent routing processes

to use di erent transport protocols for di erent packets

4
Which statement describes a characteristic of the delivery of EIGRP update packets?

EIGRP sends all update packets via unicast.

EIGRP uses a reliable delivery protocol to send all update packets.*

EIGRP uses UDP to send all update packets.

EIGRP sends all update packets via multicast.

5
A new network administrator has been asked to verify the metrics that are used by EIGRP on a
Cisco device. Which two EIGRP metrics are measured by using static values on a Cisco device?
(Choose two.)

bandwidth*

MTU

delay*

load

reliability

6
Which protocol is used by EIGRP to send hello packets?

RTP*

TCP
UDP

IP

7
Which destination MAC address is used when a multicast EIGRP packet is encapsulated into an
Ethernet frame?

01-00-5E-00-00-09

01-00-5E-00-00-10

01-00-5E-00-00-0A*

01-00-5E-00-00-0B

8.Match the correct version of EIGRP with the EIGRP features. (Not all options are used.)

Place the options in the following order:


not scored
EIGRP for IPv4 only -> source address for EIGRP messages is a routable address
both EIGRP for IPv4 and EIGRP for IPv6 -> uses a 32-bit router ID
EIGRP for IPv6 only -> source address for EIGRP messages is a link-local address

9
Refer to the exhibit. R2 has two possible paths to the 192.168.10.4 network. What would make the
alternate route meet the feasibility condition?

a reported distance greater than 41024000

a feasible distance greater than 41024000

an administrative distance less than 170

a reported distance less than 3523840*

10

Refer to the exhibit. Which two networks contain feasible successors? (Choose two.)
192.168.51.0

10.44.101.252

10.44.104.253

10.44.100.252*

192.168.71.0*
11
If all router Ethernet interfaces in an EIGRP network are con gured with the default EIGRP timers,
how long will a router wait by default to receive an EIGRP packet from its neighbor before declaring
the neighbor unreachable?

10 seconds

15 seconds*

20 seconds

30 seconds

12
Which command or commands must be entered on a serial interface of a Cisco router to restore
the bandwidth to the default value of that speci c router interface?

shutdown
no shutdown

bandwidth 1500

copy running-con g startup-con g


reload

no bandwidth*

13
Which EIGRP route would have the preferred administrative distance?

a summary route*

an internal route

an external route that is redistributed from RIP

an external route that is redistributed from OSPF

14
How do EIGRP routers establish and maintain neighbor relationships?
by comparing known routes to information received in updates

by exchanging routing tables with directly attached routers

by dynamically learning new routes from neighbors

by exchanging hello packets with neighboring routers*

by exchanging neighbor tables with directly attached routers

15
When an EIGRP-enabled router uses a password to accept routes from other EIGRP-enabled routers,
which mechanism is used?

EIGRP authentication*

Di using Update Algorithm

Reliable Transport Protocol

bounded updates

partial updates

16
What is indicated when an EIGRP route is in the passive state?

The route has the highest path cost of all routes to that destination network.

The route is a feasible successor and will be used if the active route fails.

The route is viable and can be used to forward tra c.*

There is no activity on the route to that network.

The route must be con rmed by neighboring routers before it is put in the active state.

17
Which three metric weights are set to zero by default when costs in EIGRP are being calculated?
(Choose three.)

k6

k3

k5*

k4*

k2*
k1

18
Why would a network administrator use a wildcard mask in the network command when
con guring a router to use EIGRP?

to send a manual summarization

to exclude some interfaces from the EIGRP process*

to subnet at the time of the con guration

to lower the router overhead

19
Which table is used by EIGRP to store all routes that are learned from EIGRP neighbors?

the adjacency table

the routing table

the topology table*

the neighbor table

20
Where are EIGRP successor routes stored?

only in the routing table

in the routing table and the topology table*

only in the neighbor table

in the routing table and the neighbor table

21
Launch PT Hide and Save PT
Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the question.

Which code is displayed on the web server?

Done

Complete*

EIGRP

IPv6EIGRP

22
Which command is used to display the bandwidth of an interface on an EIGRP-enabled router?

show ip protocols

show interfaces*

show ip interface brief

show ip route

23
Fill in the blank.
In an EIGRP topology table, a route that is in a/an active state will cause the Di using Update Algorithm
to send EIGRP queries that ask other routers for a path to this network.
24. Fill in the Blank. Use the abbreviation.
EIGRP uses the _RTP_ protocol to deliver EIGRP packets to neighbors.

25. What information does EIGRP maintain within the routing table?

only feasible successors


adjacent neighbors
only successors*
all routes known to the router
both successors and feasible successors

26. Refer to the exhibit.

R3 has two possible paths to the 172.16.99.0 network. What is the reported distance of the feasible
successor route?

10512128
2169856
2340608
2816*

27. Which two EIGRP packet types are sent with reliable delivery? (Choose two.)

update query
hello*
acknowledgment*
reply

28. Which two EIGRP packet types are sent with unreliable delivery? (Choose two.)

ack*
hello*
reply
update
query

29. Which con guration is necessary to ensure successful operation of EIGRP for IPv6?
The network command is required within the router con guration mode.
The no shutdown command is required within the router con guration mode.*
The eigrp router-id command requires an IPv6 address within the router con guration mode.
The router eigrp autonomous-system command is required within the router con guration mode.

30. What is identi ed within the opcode of an EIGRP packet header?

the EIGRP message type that is being sent or received from a neighbor*
the EIGRP hold timer agreed upon with a neighbor
the EIGRP sum of delays from source to destination
the EIGRP autonomous system metrics

31. An administrator issues the router eigrp 100 command on a router. What is the number 100
used for?

as the autonomous system number*


as the length of time this router will wait to hear hello packets from a neighbor
as the number of neighbors supported by this router
as the maximum bandwidth of the fastest interface on the router

32. What is the multicast address used by an EIGRP-enabled router operating with IPv6?

FF02::A*
FF02::B
FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF
FF02::1

MITonlineAI CCNA3Chapter2 CallRecordingon CCNA3Scaling


program v5ExamAnswers Cisco NetworksChapter
2016 7v5Exam2016
Ad MIT Sloan and MIT CSAIL ccna5.net Ad Xima Software ccna5.net

AdvertisingThat CCNA2Chapter7 CCNA3v5.0 CCNA2Chapter8


WorksGoogle v5ExamAnswers Routingand v5ExamAnswers
AdWords 2016 Switching 2016
Ad google.ca ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

3
3
answers ccna
December 6, 2013by CCNA5.NETin
CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Exam Answers
CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching
ccna 3 v5.0 ccna exam answers

ccna routing and switching ccna v5.0

ccna3 v5 exam cisco Cisco v5.0 exam

Exam Answers exam ccna 3 version 5.0

examen nal ccna 3 v5.0

Comments

junne September 24, 2014 Reply

thnx man 100%

Bob Smithyy February 1, 2015 Reply

Hi

Ferrie May 7, 2015 Reply

Question 21:

To complete the activity:

1. Enable IPv6 routing globally on R2 using the ipv6 unicast-routing command


2. Con gure IPv6 EIGRP on the router, assign the router IP, and enable it, using the following
commands:
ipv6 router eigrp 100
eigrp router-id 10.0.0.2
no shutdown
3. Con gure the Gi0/0 and S0/0/0 interfaces with the ipv6 eigrp 100 command

To test your con guration:

On PC0, click on the Desktop tab, open the web browser, and type http://www.netacad.net

Comment
Name

Email

8 + six =
Add Comment

CCNA5.NET =>
HOME CCNA v6.0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


7
Shares
CCNA 3 Chapter 8 v5 Exam Answers 2016
7

CCNA 3 Scaling Networks Chapter 8 v5 Exam Answers 2016


1
Which command can be issued on a router to verify that automatic summarization is enabled?

show ip eigrp neighbors

show ip protocols*

show ip interface brief

show ip eigrp interfaces

2
Which address best summarizes the IPv6 addresses 2001:DB8:ACAD::/48, 2001:DB8:9001::/48, and
2001:DB8:8752::/49?

2001:DB8:8000::/48

2001:DB8:8000::/36

2001:DB8:8000::/47

2001:DB8:8000::/34*

3
Refer to the exhibit. Router R3 is receiving multiple routes through the EIGRP routing protocol.
Which statement is true about the implementation of summarization in this network?

Automatic summarization has been enabled only for the 172.21.100.0/24 network.

Automatic summarization is enabled on neighboring routers.

Automatic summarization is disabled on a per-interface basis.

Automatic summarization is disabled on R3.*

4
Refer to the exhibit. Considering that R2, R3, and R4 are correctly con gured, why did R1 not
establish an adjacency with R2, R3, and R4?

because the automatic summarization is enabled on R1

because the IPv4 address on Fa0/0 interface of R1 is incorrect

because the Fa0/0 interface of R1 is declared as passive for EIGRP*

because there is no network command for the network 192.168.1.0/24 on R1

5
In which IOS CLI mode must a network administrator issue the maximum-paths command to
con gure load balancing in EIGRP?

router con guration mode*

interface con guration mode

global con guration mode

privileged mode

6
Two routers, R1 and R2, have established an EIGRP neighbor relationship, but there is still a
connectivity problem. Which issue could be causing this problem?

a process ID mismatch
an authentication mismatch

an access list that is blocking advertisements from other networks*

automatic summarization that is disabled on both routers

Refer to the exhibit. Remote users are experiencing connectivity problems when attempting to
reach hosts in the 172.21.100.0 /24 network. Using the output in the exhibit, what is the most likely
cause of the connectivity problem?

The GigabitEthernet 0/1 interface is not participating in the EIGRP process.*

The hello timer has been modi ed on interface GigabitEthernet 0/1 of R3 and not on the neighbor, causing
a neighbor adjacency not to form.

The passive-interface command is preventing neighbor relationships on interface GigabitEthernet 0/0.

The GigabitEthernet interfaces are not limiting the ow of EIGRP message information and are being
ooded with EIGRP tra c.

8
In which scenario will the use of EIGRP automatic summarization cause inconsistent routing in a
network?

when there is no common subnet that exists between neighboring routers

when the routers in an IPv4 network have mismatching EIGRP AS numbers


when there is no adjacency that is established between neighboring routers

when the routers in an IPv4 network are connected to discontiguous networks with automatic
summarization enabled*

Refer to the exhibit. Routers R1 and R2 are directly connected via their serial interfaces and are
both running the EIGRP routing protocol. R1 and R2 can ping the directly connected serial interface
of their neighbor, but they cannot form an EIGRP neighbor adjacency.

What action should be taken to solve this problem?

Con gure the same hello interval between the routers.

Con gure EIGRP to send periodic updates.

Enable the serial interfaces of both routers.

Con gure both routers with the same EIGRP process ID.*

10
Refer to the exhibit. Which statement accurately re ects the con guration of routing on the HQ
router?

The IP address assigned to the GigabitEthernet0/0 interface is 172.16.2.0 255.255.255.0.

A static default route was con gured on this router.*

A static default route was learned via EIGRP routing updates.

The static default route should be redistributed using the default-information originate command.

11

Refer to the exhibit. Which statement is supported by the output?

The route to 192.168.1.1 represents the con guration of a loopback interface.

A static default route has been manually con gured on this router.
A default route is being learned through an external process.*

Summarization of routes has been manually con gured.

12

Refer to the exhibit. Which two routes will be advertised to the router ISP if autosummarization is
disabled? (Choose two.)

10.1.2.0/24*

10.1.4.0/28

10.1.4.0/30*

10.1.4.0/24

10.1.0.0/16

13
Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has con gured EIGRP authentication between
routers R1 and R2. After the routing tables are reviewed, it is noted that neither router is receiving
EIGRP updates. What is a possible cause for this failure?

The same autonomous system numbers must be used in the interface con gurations of each
router.*

The key string should be used in interface mode instead of the key chain.

The same number of key strings must be used on each router.

The same key chain name must be used on each router.

The authentication con guration is correct, issue the show ip eigrp neighbors command to troubleshoot
the issue.

14
Two routers, R1 and R2, share a 64 kb/s link. An administrator wants to limit the bandwidth used by
EIGRP between these two routers to 48 kb/s. Which command is used on both routers to con gure
the new bandwidth setting?

ip bandwidth-percent eigrp 100 48

ip bandwidth-percent eigrp 100 75*

ip bandwidth-percent eigrp 75 100

ip bandwidth-percent eigrp 64 48

ip bandwidth-percent eigrp 100 64

15
Which three statements are advantages of using automatic summarization? (Choose three.)

It decreases the number of entries in the routing table.*


It reduces the frequency of routing updates.*

It ensures that tra c for multiple subnets uses one path through the internetwork.*

It maximizes the number of routes in the routing table.

It improves reachability in discontiguous networks.

It increases the size of routing updates.

16

Refer to the exhibit. After the con guration shown is applied on router R1, the exhibited status
message is displayed. Router R1 is unable to form a neighbor relationship with R2 on the serial
0/1/0 interface. What is the most likely cause of this problem?

The passive-interface command should have been issued on serial 0/1/0.

The IPv4 address con gured on the neighbor that is connected to R1 serial 0/1/0 is incorrect.*

The hello interval has been altered on serial 0/1/0 and is preventing a neighbor relationship from forming.

The network statement used for EIGRP 55 does not enable EIGRP on interface serial 0/1/0.

The networks that are con gured on serial 0/0/0 and serial 0/1/0 of router R1 are overlapping.

17
What is a characteristic of manual route summarization?

requires high bandwidth utilization for the routing updates


has to be con gured globally on the router

reduces total number of routes in routing tables*

cannot include supernet routes

18
Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.
The passive-interface command causes an EIGRP router to stop sending hello packets through an
interface.

19

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has issued the shown commands. The EIGRP routing
domain has completely converged and a network administrator is planning on con guring EIGRP
authentication throughout the complete network. On which two interfaces should EIGRP
authentication be con gured between R2 and R3? (Choose two.)

gig 0/0 of R3

serial 0/1/0 of R4

serial 0/1/0 of R2*

serial 0/0/1 of R2

serial 0/0/1 of R3*

20
Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.
What is the command that should be issued on a router to verify that EIGRP adjacencies were formed?
__show ip eigrp neighbor__

21
Launch PT Hide and Save PT
Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the question.

R1 and R2 could not establish an EIGRP adjacency. What is the problem?

EIGRP is down on R2.

EIGRP is down on R1.*

R1 Fa0/0 link local address is wrong.

R1 Fa0/0 and R2 Fa0/0 are on di erent networks.

R1 Fa0/0 is not con gured to send hello packets.

22
Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has attempted to implement a default route from R1
to the ISP and propagate the default route to EIGRP neighbors. Remote connectivity from the EIGRP
neighbor routers to the ISP connected to R1 is failing. Based on the output from the exhibit, what is
the most likely cause of the problem?

There are no EIGRP neighbor relationships on R1.

The command default-information originate has not been issued on R1.

The network statement for the ISP connection has not been issued.

The command redistribute static has not been issued on R1.*

The ip route command must specify a next-hop IP address instead of an exit interface when creating a
default route.

23
Refer to the exhibit. All networks are active in the same EIGRP routing domain. When the auto-
summary command is issued on R3, which two summary networks will be advertised to the
neighbors? (Choose two.)

172.16.3.0/24

172.16.0.0/16*

192.168.10.0/24*

192.168.10.0/30

192.168.1.0/30

24. By default, how many equal-cost routes to the same destination network will EIGRP install in
the routing table?

2
4*
6
8

25. Which administrative distance is used to advertise routes learned from other protocols that are
redistributed into EIGRP?

115
170*
5
90

26. What is the purpose of a Null0 route in the routing table?


to prevent routing loops*
to act as a gateway of last resort
to redistribute external routes into EIGRP
to prevent the router from sending EIGRP packets

27. Refer to the exhibit.

Router CiscoVille has been partially con gured for EIGRP authentication. What is missing that
would allow successful authentication between EIGRP neighbors?

The CiscoVille router requires a second keychain to function correctly when using two interfaces for EIGRP
authentication.
The keychain for EIGRP authentication must be con gured on the interfaces.*
A username and password must be con gured.
The interfaces that will use EIGRP authentication must be speci ed.

28. Refer to the exhibit.

Which two conclusions can be drawn from the exhibited con guration? (Choose two.)

The network statements require subnet masks to prevent autosummarization.


Any EIGRP-learned route with a metric less than 3 times the successor metric will be installed in the
local routing table.*
The con guration supports unequal-cost load balancing.*
The con guration supports equal-cost load balancing.
Any EIGRP-learned route with a metric equal to 3 times the successor metric will be installed in the local
routing table.

29. Which EIGRP parameter must match between all routers forming an EIGRP adjacency?
autonomous system number*
variance
hold timer
administrative distance
hello timer

30. What two statements are correct regarding EIGRP authentication? (Choose two.)

EIGRP authentication uses the MD5 algorithm.*


EIGRP authentication uses a pre-shared key.*
EIGRP authentication uses varying levels of WEP to encrypt data exchanged between routers.
EIGRP authentication can be con gured on one router and updates from this router are protected;
whereas a neighbor router can be without the authentication con guration and its updates are
unprotected.

31. Which command would limit the amount of bandwidth that is used by EIGRP for protocol
control tra c to approximately 128 Kb/s on a 1.544 Mb/s link?

ip bandwidth-percent eigrp 100 8 *


tra c-share balanced
variance 8
maximum-paths 8

32.Refer to the exhibit.

All networks are active in the same EIGRP routing domain. When the auto-summary command is
issued on R3, which two summary networks will be calculated on R3? (Choose two.)

192.168.10.0/24*
192.168.10.0/30

172.16.0.0/16*

192.168.1.0/30

172.16.3.0/24

CallRecordingon CCNA3Scaling AdvertisingThat CCNA3R&S:


Cisco NetworksChapter WorksGoogle ScalingNetworks
8v5Exam2016 AdWords FinalExam...
Ad Xima Software ccna5.net Ad google.ca ccna5.net

CCNPPractice CCNA3v5.02+ CCNA2Chapter8 CCNA3Routing


Tests v5.032016 v5ExamAnswers andSwitching
2016 ScalingNetworks...
Ad www.simulationexams.com ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

1 December 6, 2013by CCNA5.NETin answers ccna

CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Exam Answers


CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching
ccna 3 v5.0 ccna exam answers

ccna routing and switching ccna v5.0

ccna3 v5 exam cisco Cisco v5.0 exam

Exam Answers exam ccna 3 version 5.0

examen nal ccna 3 v5.0

Comments

jorge January 3, 2014 Reply

Hola amigo en que fecha subieron estos examenes???


Comment

Name

Email

+ 1 = ten
Add Comment

CCNA5.NET =>
HOME CCNA v6.0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


5
Shares
CCNA 3 Chapter 9 v5 Exam Answers 2016
5

CCNA 3 Scaling Networks Chapter 9 v5 Exam Answers 2016


1
Beginning with the Cisco IOS Software Release 15.0, which license is a prerequisite for installing
additional technology pack licenses?

UC

IPBase*

SEC

DATA

2
When a router is powered on, where will the router rst search for a valid IOS image to load by
default?

ash memory*

RAM

ROM

NVRAM

3
What statement describes a Cisco IOS image with the universalk9_npe designation for Cisco ISR
G2 routers?

It is an IOS version that, at the request of some countries, removes any strong cryptographic
functionality.*
It is an IOS version that provides only the IPBase feature set.

It is an IOS version that o ers all of the Cisco IOS Software feature sets.

It is an IOS version that can only be used in the United States of America.

4
Which statement describes a di erence between the IOS 15.0 extended maintenance release and a
standard maintenance release?

A new standard maintenance release will synchronize with the latest extended maintenance release
before the extended is made available.

The extended maintenance release will deliver new IOS features as soon as they are available.

They consist of two separate parallel trains.

The standard maintenance release enables faster IOS feature delivery than the extended
maintenance release does.*

5
A network administrator con gures a router with the command sequence:

R1(con g)# boot system tftp://c1900-universalk9-mz.SPA.152-4.M3.bin


R1(con g)# boot system rom

What is the e ect of the command sequence?

The router will copy the IOS image from the TFTP server and then reboot the system.

The router will search and load a valid IOS image in the sequence of ash, TFTP, and ROM.

On next reboot, the router will load the IOS image from ROM.

The router will load IOS from the TFTP server. If the image fails to load, it will load the IOS image
from ROM.*

6
Which command would a network engineer use to nd the unique device identi er of a Cisco
router?

show running-con guration

show license udi*

license install stored-location-url

show version
7
Which command is used to con gure a one-time acceptance of the EULA for all Cisco IOS software
packages and features?

license save

license accept end user agreement*

show license

license boot module module-name

8
How long is the evaluation license period for Cisco IOS Release 15.0 software packages?

30 days

15 days

60 days*

180 days

9
Which IOS 12.4 software package integrates full features, including voice, security, and VPN
capabilities, for all routing protocols?

Service Provider Services

Advanced Enterprise Services*

Advanced Security

Advanced IP Services

10
A network engineer is upgrading the Cisco IOS image on a 2900 series ISR. What command could the
engineer use to verify the total amount of ash memory as well as how much ash memory is
currently available?

show version

show interfaces

show startup-con g

show ash0:*

11
Which three software packages are available for Cisco IOS Release 15.0?
Security*

Advanced IP Services

IPVoice

DATA*

Enterprise Services

Uni ed Communications*

12
Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.
The license install ash0:seck9-C1900-SPE150_K9-FAB12340099.xml command will restore the speci ed
saved Cisco IOS Release 15 license to a router.

13
A newly hired network engineer wants to use a 2911 router from storage. What command would
the technician use to verify which IOS technology licenses have been activated on the router?

show interfaces

show ash0:

show version

show license*

show startup-con g

14
When a customer purchases a Cisco IOS 15.0 software package, what serves as the receipt for that
customer and is used to obtain the license as well?

Product Activation Key*

Unique Device Identi er

Software Claim Certi cate

End User License Agreement

15
The customer of a networking company requires VPN connectivity for workers who must travel
frequently. To support the VPN server, the customer router must be upgraded to a new Cisco IOS
software version with the Advanced IP Services feature set. What should the eld engineer do
before copying the new IOS to the router?
Issue the show version and the show ash commands to ensure that the router has enough
memory and le space to support the new IOS image.*

Set the router to load the new IOS image le directly from the TFTP server on the next reboot.

Delete the currently installed IOS by using the erase ash: command, and reload the router

Issue the show running-con guration command to determine the features of the currently installed IOS
image le.

16
What is the major release number in the IOS image name c1900-universalk9-mz.SPA.152-3.T.bin?

52

1900

15*

17.Refer to the exhibit. Match the components of the IOS image name to their description. (Not all
options are used.)
Place the options in the following order:
specifying the feature set -> universalk9
minor release number -> 1
where the image runs and if the le is compressed -> mz
platform on which the image runs -> c1900
not scored
maintanence release and rebuild number -> M4
new feature release number -> 4
le extension -> bin
major release number -> 15

18.Match the description to the Cisco IOS category. (Not all options apply.)

Place the options in the following order:

technology train
[+] branches from another train
[+] has the latest features

mainline train
[#] possibly is 12.4
[#] contains mostly bug xes

19. Refer to the exhibit.

Which of the three Cisco IOS images shown will load into RAM?

The router selects the second Cisco IOS image because it is the smallest IOS image.
-> The router selects an image depending on the boot system command in the con guration. <-
The router selects the third Cisco IOS image because it contains the advipservicesk9 image.
The router selects the third Cisco IOS image because it is the most recent IOS image.
The router selects an image depending on the value of the con guration register.

20. In addition to IPBase, what are the three technology packs that are shipped within the universal
Cisco IOS Software Release 15 image? (Choose three.)

Advanced IP Services
SP Services
Uni ed Communications*
Security*
DATA*

21. What code in the Cisco IOS 15 image lename c1900-universalk9-mz.SPA.153-3.M.bin indicates
that the le is digitally signed by Cisco?

M
universalk9
mz
SPA*

22. Which two conditions should the network administrator verify before attempting to upgrade a
Cisco IOS image using a TFTP server? (Choose two.)
Verify the name of the TFTP server using the show hosts command.
Verify that the TFTP server is running using the tftpdnld command.
Verify that the checksum for the image is valid using the show version command.
Verify connectivity between the router and TFTP server using the ping command.*
Verify that there is enough ash memory for the new Cisco IOS image using the show ash
command.*

23. Which three images are considered premium software packages for Cisco IOS Release 12.4?
(Choose three.)

IP Voice
Enterprise Base
Advanced Security
Enterprise Services*
Advanced IP Services*
Advanced Enterprise Services*

24. A network technician is troubleshooting problems with a router that is running IOS 15. Which
command will display the features activated for the licenses that are installed on the router?

show ash0:
show license*
show startup-con g
show version

25. What is the purpose of a T train release in Cisco IOS 15?

It provides premium packages and enables additional IOS software feature combinations that address
more complex network requirements.
It speci es advanced IP services features such as advanced security and service provider packages.
It is used for long-term maintenance, enabling customers to qualify, deploy, and remain on the release for
an extended period.
It provides regular bug x maintenance rebuilds, plus critical x support for network-a ecting
bugs.*
#1VPNService CCNA3Chapter2 AdvertisingThat CCNA3Scaling
v5ExamAnswers WorksGoogle NetworksChapter
2016 AdWords 9v5Exam2016
Ad IPVanish VPN ccna5.net Ad google.ca ccna5.net

CallRecordingon CCNA3R&S: CCNA2Chapter2 CCNA3Routing


Cisco ScalingNetworks v5ExamAnswers andSwitching
FinalExam... 2016 ScalingNetworks...
Ad Xima Software ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

4 December 6, 2013by CCNA5.NETin answers ccna

CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Exam Answers


CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching
ccna 3 v5.0 ccna exam answers

ccna routing and switching ccna v5.0

ccna3 v5 exam cisco Cisco v5.0 exam

Exam Answers exam ccna 3 version 5.0

examen nal ccna 3 v5.0

Comments

WAD December 29, 2013 Reply

THANKS MAN

RAS January 2, 2014 Reply

Put up ccna4 exam answers


mahza October 15, 2015 Reply

i had exam and the question is :

Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.


The license____ ash0:seck9-C1900-SPE150_K9-FAB12340099.xml command will restore the
speci ed saved Cisco IOS Release 15 license to a router.

what the answer?

cocococo February 10, 2017 Reply

thank you!!

Comment

Name

Email

9 one =
Add Comment

CCNA5.NET =>

Home / CCNA 6.0 / CCNA Labs/Activities / IT Essentials / CCNA Security / Certication / Resources /
Donations

CCNA 1 Exam CCNA 2 Exam CCNA 3 Exam CCNA 4 Exam


Search question...
Answers Answers Answers Answers

CCNA 3 V5.03

CCNA 3 Final Exam Answers 2017


(v5.0.3+v6.0) Scaling Networks
CCNA Exam Answers 2017 March 9, 2017

StartDownloadViewPDF
ConvertFromDoctoPDF,PDFtoDocSimplyWithTheFreeOnlineApp!download.fromdoctopdf.com

New Version: CCNA 3 Final Exam Answers CCNA v6.0 Courseware


4.4(50)votes
v6.0
CCNA 1: Introduction to Networking
1. Which routing protocol is able to scale for large networks and utilizes non-
backbone areas for expansion?
CCNA 2: Routing & Switching
EIGRP
Essentials

BGP
CCNA 3: Scaling Networks
OSPF*
CCNA 4: Connecting Networks
RIPv2

2. In the Cisco hierarchical design model, which layer is more likely to have a xed
conguration switch than the other layers?
CCNA v5 + v6.0 Exam
distribution Answers
transport

internet CCNA 1 CCNA 2 CCNA 3

access* CCNA 4

core
CCNA 1 - Pretest
3. A network engineer is interested in obtaining specic information relevant to the CCNA 1 - Chapter 1
operation of both distribution and access layer Cisco devices. Which command CCNA 1 - Chapter 2
provides common information relevant to both types of devices? CCNA 1 - Chapter 3
show ip protocols CCNA 1 - Chapter 4
CCNA 1 - Chapter 5
show ip interface CCNA 1 - Chapter 6
show cdp neighbors* CCNA 1 - Chapter 6 Skills PT
CCNA 1 - Chapter 7
show port-security CCNA 1 - Chapter 8
CCNA 1 - Chapter 9
show mac-address-table
CCNA 1 - Chapter 10
4. A switched network has converged completely. All switches currently have a CCNA 1 - Chapter 11
VTP revision number of 5. A new switch that has been congured as a VTP CCNA 1 PT Practice Skills
server is added to the network. The new switch has a VTP revision number of 4. CCNA 1 - Practice Final
What will occur within the network? CCNA 1 - Final Exam
The network will no longer share VLAN database updates.

The newly added switch will automatically switch to VTP client mode. Help if you can!
The VTP databases will remain unchanged in all switches with the exception of
the newly added switch.*

All switches in the network will update their VTP database to reect the VTP database
Why?
of the new switch.

5. A network administrator is adding a new VLAN for testing. The company uses
VTP and the VLAN is not directly attached to either of the switches congured as
VTP servers. What is the best method to add this VLAN to the network?
Change the switch that has connected hosts in the new VLAN to be in VTP server
mode.

Congure a port on the VTP servers for the same VLAN as the new VLAN.

Manually add the VLAN to the VLAN database of the VTP servers.*

Congure interfaces on the switch that has connected hosts in the new VLAN and
reboot the switch.

6. Which three pairs of trunking modes will establish a functional trunk link
between two Cisco switches? (Choose three.)
dynamic desirable dynamic desirable*

dynamic auto dynamic auto

dynamic desirable dynamic auto*

dynamic desirable trunk*

access trunk

access dynamic auto

7. Refer to the exhibit.


The conguration shows the commands entered by a network administrator for
inter-VLAN routing. However, host PCA cannot communicate with PCB. Which
part of the inter-VLAN conguration causes the problem?
trunking

port mode on the two switch FastEthernet ports

VLAN conguration*

router port conguration

8. Refer to the exhibit.


What is the role of the SW3 switch?

designated switch

edge switch

root bridge*

enabled bridge

local bridge

9. Which spanning tree standard was developed by Cisco to provide separate


instances of 802.1w per VLAN?
RSTP

802.1D

MSTP

Rapid PVST+*

10. Which industry-wide specication was developed to decrease the time that is
needed to move to the forwarding state by switch ports that are operating in a
redundantly switched topology?
VLSM

PVST
802.1Q

RSTP*

VTP

11. Refer to the exhibit.


A network administrator is verifying the bridge ID and the status of this switch in
the STP election. Which statement is correct based on the command output?

The bridge priority of Switch_2 has been lowered to a predened value to


become the root bridge.*

The bridge priority of Switch_2 has been lowered to a predened value to become the
backup root bridge.

The STP instance on Switch_2 is failing due to no ports being blocked and all switches
believing they are the root.

The STP instance on Switch_2 is using the default STP priority and the election is
based on Switch_2 MAC address.

12. Refer to the exhibit.


Which switching technology would allow data to be transmitted over each
access layer switch link and prevent the port from being blocked by spanning
tree due to the redundant link?

EtherChannel*

HSRP

PortFast

trunking

13. What are two advantages of EtherChannel? (Choose two.)


Conguring the EtherChannel interface provides consistency in the
conguration of the physical links.*

Load balancing occurs between links congured as different EtherChannels.

EtherChannel uses upgraded physical links to provide increased bandwidth.


Spanning Tree Protocol views the physical links in an EtherChannel as one
logical connection.*

Spanning Tree Protocol ensures redundancy by transitioning failed interfaces in an


EtherChannel to a forwarding state.

14. When EtherChannel is implemented, multiple physical interfaces are bundled


into which type of logical connection?
interface range

loopback

VLAN interface

port channel*

15. When a range of ports is being congured for EtherChannel, which mode will
congure LACP on a port only if the port receives LACP packets from another
device?
active

auto

desirable

passive*

16. A new chief information ofcer (CIO) has requested implementation of a link-
state dynamic routing protocol. Which two routing protocols fulll this
requirement? (Choose two.)
RIPv2

BGP

OSPF*

IS-IS*

EIGRP

17. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is utilizing RIPv1 in the exhibited
network topology. What would the router R2 do with a packet that is originating
from the 192.168.4.0/24 network and destined for network 172.16.1.0/24?

The router will forward the packet to R1.


The router will forward the packet to R3.

The router will load balance and forward packets to both R1 and R3.*

The router will drop the packet.

18. What best describes the operation of distance vector routing protocols?
They use hop count as their only metric.

They only send out updates when a new network is added.

They send their routing tables to directly connected neighbors.*

They ood the entire network with routing updates.

19. Which statement denes the speed of convergence of routing protocols?


The time it takes a router to form a neighbor adjacency.

The time it takes a router to learn about directly connected links..

The time it takes a router to calculate the cost of a link.

The time it takes a router within a network to forward routing information.*

20. What is associated with link-state routing protocols?


low processor overhead

poison reverse

routing loops

split horizon

Shortest Path First calculations*

21. Which two pieces of information are contained within a link-state packet (LSP)?
(Choose two.)
hop count

bandwidth*

link type*

delay

load

22. What is a difference between the routing protocols EIGRP and OSPF?
EIGRP uses hop count as the metric and OSPF uses cost as the metric.

EIGRP is an implementation of EGP whereas OSPF is an implementation of IGP.

EIGRP supports routing different network layer protocols whereas OSPF


supports routing only IP-based protocols.*

EIGRP only supports equal-cost load balancing whereas OSPF supports both equal-
cost and unequal-cost load balancing.

23. What protocol is used by EIGRP for the delivery and receipt of EIGRP packets?
RTP*

TCP

UDP

ICMP
24. How is bandwidth to a destination network calculated by EIGRP?
the lowest congured bandwidth of any interface along the route*

the sum of the congured bandwidths of all interfaces along the path

the highest congured bandwidth of any interface along the path

the bandwidth of the ingress interface of the last hop router

25. Refer to the exhibit.


A network administrator has attempted to implement a default route from R1 to
the ISP and propagate the default route to EIGRP neighbors. Remote
connectivity from the EIGRP neighbor routers to the ISP connected to R1 is
failing. Based on the output from the exhibit, what is the most likely cause of the
problem?

The command default-information originate has not been issued on R1.

There are no EIGRP neighbor relationships on R1.

The ip route command must specify a next-hop IP address instead of an exit interface
when creating a default route.

The command redistribute static has not been issued on R1.*

The network statement for the ISP connection has not been issued.

26. Refer to the exhibit.


Which statement accurately reects the conguration of routing on the HQ
router?

A static default route was congured on this router.*


A static default route was learned via EIGRP routing updates.

The static default route should be redistributed using the default-information originate
command.

The IP address assigned to the GigabitEthernet0/0 interface is 172.16.2.0


255.255.255.0.

27. Which command would limit the amount of bandwidth that is used by EIGRP for
protocol control trafc to approximately 128 Kb/s on a 1.544 Mb/s link?
ip bandwidth-percent eigrp 100 8*

maximum-paths 8

variance 8

trafc-share balanced

28. Which criterion is preferred by the router to choose a router ID?


the IP address of the highest congured loopback interface on the router

the IP address of the highest active interface on the router

the router-id rid command*

the IP address of the highest active OSPF-enabled interface

29. What is the effect of entering the network 192.168.10.1 0.0.0.0 area 0 command in
router conguration mode?
The interface with the IPv4 address 192.168.10.1 will be a passive interface.

OSPF advertisements will include the network on the interface with the IPv4
address 192.168.10.1.*

This command will have no effect because it uses a quad zero wildcard mask.

OSPF advertisements will include the specic IPv4 address 192.168.10.1.

30. Which three requirements are necessary for two OSPFv2 routers to form an
adjacency? (Choose three.)
The two routers must include the inter-router link network in an OSPFv2 network
command.*

The OSPFv2 process is enabled on the interface by entering the ospf process area-id
command.

The OSPF hello or dead timers on each router must match.*

The OSPFv2 process ID must be the same on each router.

The link interface subnet masks must match.*

The link interface on each router must be congured with a link-local address.

31. Which type of OSPF router connects an OSPF area to non-OSPF routing
domains?
ABR

ASBR*

DR

backbone router

32. Which function is performed by an OSPF ABR?


ooding type 2 LSAs within an area
originating type 5 LSAs into an area

injecting type 3 LSAs into an area*

advertising the router ID of any designated routers within an area

33. In which mode is the area area-id range address mask command issued when
multiarea OSPF summarization is being congured?
global conguration mode

router conguration mode*

interface conguration mode of area 0 interfaces

interface conguration mode of all participating interfaces

34. Refer to the exhibit.


What are three resulting DR and DBR elections for the given topology? (Choose
three.)

R4 is BDR for segment B.

R4 is DR for segment B.

R3 is DR for segment A.*

R2 is DR for segment A.

R3 is BDR for segment B.*

R5 is DR for segment B.*

35. Refer to the exhibit.


How did this router learn of the highlighted route in the routing table?

by entering the router conguration mode command default-information originate

by entering the global conguration mode command ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 interface-
type interface-number
by entering the global conguration mode command ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 ip-address

by receiving an update from another OSPF router that is running another routing
protocol

by receiving an update from another OSPF router that has the default-
information originate command congured*

36. Which command can be used to view OSPF adjacencies with neighboring
routers along with the transition state?
show ip protocols

show ip ospf neighbor*

show ip ospf interface

show running-cong

37. Match the description to the EIGRP packet type. (Not all options are used.)

38. Match each description to its corresponding LSA type. (Not all options are used.)

39. What is the term that is used for the area of a network that is affected when a
device or network service experiences problems?
failure domain*

collision domain

broadcast domain

user domain

40. What term is used to express the thickness or height of a switch?


rack unit*

port density

domain size

module size

41. Which conguration changes will increment the conguration revision number
on the VTP server?
conguring trunk links on the VTP server
conguring or changing the VTP password

conguring or changing the VTP domain name

conguring or changing the VTP version number

conguring or deleting a VLAN or creating a VLAN name*

42. What are three characteristics of VTP? (Choose three.)


In the default VTP mode, VLANs can be created and modied on a switch.*

Switches in VTP server mode store VLANs in the vlan.dat database.*

VTP-enabled switches exchange three types of advertisements: summary routes,


subnet advertisements, and advertisement requests from transparent bridges.

The switch conguration must be saved and the switch reloaded to reset a
conguration revision number.

VTP updates are exchanged across trunk links only.*

Switches in different VTP domains can exchange updates if revision numbers are the
same.

43. What is the purpose of the vlan.dat le on a switch?


It holds the running conguration.

It holds the saved conguration.

It holds the VLAN database.*

It holds the operating system.

44. What eliminates switching loops?


hold-down timers

poison reverse

Spanning Tree Protocol*

Time to Live

VTP

45. A small company network has six interconnected Layer 2 switches. Currently all
switches are using the default bridge priority value. Which value can be used to
congure the bridge priority of one of the switches to ensure that it becomes the
root bridge in this design?
1

28672*

32768

34816

61440

46. What is the value used to determine which port on a non-root bridge will become
a root port in a STP network?
the highest MAC address of all the ports in the switch

the lowest MAC address of all the ports in the switch

the VTP revision number


the path cost*

47. Which three STP states were replaced with the RSTP discarding state? (Choose
three.)
listening*

learning

blocking*

disabled*

forwarding

48. As the network administrator you have been asked to implement EtherChannel
on the corporate network. What does this conguration consist of?
providing redundant links that dynamically block or forward trafc

grouping multiple physical ports to increase bandwidth between two switches*

grouping two devices to share a virtual IP address

providing redundant devices to allow trafc to ow in the event of device failure

49. Which command will start the process to bundle two physical interfaces to
create an EtherChannel group via LACP?
channel-group 2 mode auto

interface port-channel 2

channel-group 1 mode desirable

interface range GigabitEthernet 0/4 5*

50. A network administrator congured an EtherChannel link with three interfaces


between two switches. What is the result if one of the three interfaces is down?
The EtherChannel fails.

The remaining two interfaces continue to load balance trafc.*

The remaining two interfaces become separate links between the two switches.

One interface becomes an active link for data trafc and the other becomes a backup
link.

51. When EtherChannel is congured, which mode will force an interface into a port
channel without exchanging aggregation protocol packets?
active

auto

on*

desirable

52. Refer to the exhibit.


A network administrator is reviewing the conguration of switch S1. Which
protocol has been implemented to group multiple physical ports into one logical
link?
PAgP*

DTP

LACP

STP

53. What is the term used to describe a network topology where the subnets from a
major classful network address space are separated from each other by
addresses from a different major classful network address?
multihomed network

converged network

discontiguous network*

data network

54. What type of packets are sent when there is a change in the EIGRP topology?
hello

triggered bounded update*

acknowledge

reply

55. Which three pieces of information does a link-state routing protocol use initially
as link-state information for locally connected links? (Choose three.)
the link router interface IP address and subnet mask*

the type of network link*

the link next-hop IP address

the link bandwidth

the cost of that link*

56. What indicates to a link-state router that a neighbor is unreachable?


if the router no longer receives routing updates

if the router no longer receives hello packets*

if the router receives an update with a hop count of 16

if the router receives an LSP with previously learned information

57. What are three features of EIGRP? (Choose three.)


uses the Shortest Path First algorithm
establishes neighbor adjacencies*

uses the Reliable Transport Protocol*

sends full routing table updates periodically

broadcasts updates to all EIGRP routers

supports equal and unequal cost load balancing*

58. What capability do protocol-dependent modules provide to the EIGRP routing


protocol?
route different Layer 3 protocols*

exchange summary routes between areas

combine routes learned from different protocols into a single routing table

load balance between routing protocols

59. Which command should be used to congure EIGRP to only advertise the
network that is attached to the gigabit Ethernet 0/1 interface?
network 172.16.23.64 0.0.0.63*

network 172.16.23.0 255.255.255.192

network 172.16.23.64 0.0.0.127

network 172.16.23.0 255.255.255.128

60. Which command will congure an IPv6 default static route?


router(cong)# ipv6 ::/64 s0/0/0

router(cong-rtr)# redistribute static

router(cong)# ipv6 route ::/0 s0/0/0*

router(cong)# ipv6 unicast-routing

61. What routing protocol can be congured to load balance across paths with
unequal metrics through the use of the variance command?
EIGRP*

OSPF

OSPFv3

RIPng

62. What are two features of a link-state routing protocol? (Choose two.)
Routers send periodic updates only to neighboring routers.

Routers send triggered updates in response to a change.*

Routers create a topology of the network by using information from other


routers.*
The database information for each router is obtained from the same source.

Paths are chosen based on the lowest number of hops to the designated router.

63. A router is participating in an OSPFv2 domain. What will always happen if the
dead interval expires before the router receives a hello packet from an adjacent
DROTHER OSPF router?
OSPF will run a new DR/BDR election.

SPF will run and determine which neighbor router is down.

A new dead interval timer of 4 times the hello interval will start.

OSPF will remove that neighbor from the router link-state database.*

64. In an OSPFv2 conguration, what is the effect of entering the command network
192.168.1.1 0.0.0.0 area 0?
It changes the router ID of the router to 192.168.1.1.

It enables OSPF on all interfaces on the router.

It tells the router which interface to turn on for the OSPF routing process.*

It allows all 192.168.1.0 networks to be advertised.

65. What does the cost of an OSPF link indicate?


A higher cost for an OSPF link indicates a faster path to the destination.

Link cost indicates a proportion of the accumulated value of the route to the
destination.

Cost equals bandwidth.

A lower cost indicates a better path to the destination than a higher cost does.*

66. Which two addresses represent valid destination addresses for an OSPFv3
message? (Choose two.)
FF02::5*

224.0.0.5

FF02::A

FE80::42*

2001:db8:acad:1::1

67. What information is contained in OSPF type 3 LSAs?


networks reachable in other areas*

networks learned from other routing protocols

the router ID of the DR to all routers in the area

the router ID of an ASBR and the route to reach it

68. Refer to the exhibit.


For the given topology, what are three results of the OSPF DR and BDR elections
? (Choose three.)
R1 is BDR for segment A.

R2 is DR for segment A.

R3 is DR for segment A.*

R4 is DR for segment B.

R5 is BDR for segment B.*

R3 is DR for segment B.*

69. Refer to the exhibit.


In this scenario, Area 40 cannot be connected directly to Area 0. Which OSPF
network type must be congured in Area 1 to connect these areas?

point-to-point

virtual link*

point-to-multipoint

nonbroadcast multiaccess

70. Refer to the exhibit.


What method can be used to enable an OSPF router to advertise a default route
to neighboring OSPF routers?
Use a static route pointing to the ISP and redistribute it.

Use a static route pointing to the ISP and redistribute it.

Use the redistribute static command on R0-A.

Use the default-information originate command on ISP.

Use the default-information originate command on R0-A.*

71. Refer to the exhibit.


A network administrator has congured the OSPF timers to the values that are
shown in the graphic. What is the result of having those manually congured
timers?

The R1 dead timer expires between hello packets from R2.*

R1 automatically adjusts its own timers to match the R2 timers.

The hello timer on R2 expires every ten seconds.

The neighbor adjacency has formed.

72. Refer to the exhibit.


A network administrator has congured OSPFv2 on the two Cisco routers as
shown. The routers are unable to form a neighbor adjacency. What should be
done to x the problem?
Implement the command no passive-interface Serial0/1.

Implement the command network 192.168.2.4 0.0.0.3 area 0 on router R2.

Implement the command network 192.168.3.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 on router R2.

Change the router-id of router R2 to 2.2.2.2.

73. A network administrator has congured an EtherChannel between two switches


that are connected via four trunk links. If the physical interface for one of the
trunk links changes to a down state, what happens to the EtherChannel?
Spanning Tree Protocol will transition the failed physical interface into forwarding
mode.

Spanning Tree Protocol will recalculate the remaining trunk links.

The EtherChannel will transition to a down state.

The EtherChannel will remain functional.*

74. Which mode conguration setting would allow formation of an EtherChannel link
between switches SW1 and SW2 without sending negotiation trafc?
SW1: on
SW2: on*

SW1: desirable
SW2: desirable

SW1: auto
SW2: auto
PortFast enabled on both switches

SW1: auto
SW2: auto
trunking enabled on both switches

SW1: passive
SW2: active

75. Which two statements are correct about EIGRP acknowledgment packets?
(Choose two.)
The packets are used to discover neighbors that are connected on an interface.

The packets are sent as unicast.*

The packets require conrmation.

The packets are unreliable.*

The packets are sent in response to hello packets.

76. A set of switches is being connected in a LAN topology. Which STP bridge
priority value will make it least likely for the switch to be selected as the root?
61440*

4096

65535

32768

77. The graphic shows the following information: Switch S1 (the root bridge) uses a
port that is labeled B to connect to switch S3 on a port labeled D. S3 is
connected to switch S2 on a port labeled A. S2 uses a port labeled C to connect
to S1. S2 is connected also to three PC workstations labeled A, B, and C.
Refer to the exhibit. What are the possible port roles for ports A, B, C, and D in
this RSTP-enabled network?

alternate, root, designated, root

designated, alternate, root, root

alternate, designated, root, root*

designated, root, alternate, root

78. Refer to the exhibit. What are two results of issuing the displayed commands on
S1, S2, and S3? (Choose two.)

S2 can become root bridge if S1 fails.*

S2 can become root bridge if S3 fails.

S1 will automatically adjust the priority to be the lowest*.

S3 can be elected as a secondary bridge.

S1 will automatically adjust the priority to be the highest.

79. Which statement describes a characteristic of OSPF external routes?


The cost of a type 1 route is always the external cost, regardless of the interior cost to
reach that route.

The difference between type 1 and type 2 is in the way the cost of the route is
being calculated.*

A type 2 route is always preferred over a type 1 route for the same destination.

Type 1 and type 2 external routes in IPv4 networks are represented in the routing table
by EX1 and EX2, respectively.
80. By default, how many equal cost routes to the same destination can be installed
in the routing table of a Cisco router?
2

4*

16

32

81. An EIGRP router loses the route to a network. Its topology table contains two
feasible successors to the same network. What action will the router take?
The best alternative backup route is immediately inserted into the routing table.*

The router will query neighbors for an alternate route.

The DUAL algorithm is recomputed to nd an alternate route.

The router uses the default route.

82. A network administrator is analyzing rst-hop router redundancy protocols.


What is a characteristic of VRRPv3?
It allows load balancing between routers.

VRRPv3 is Cisco proprietary.

It supports IPv6 and IPv4 addressing.*

It works together with HSRP.

83. What is the function of STP in a scalable network?


It combines multiple switch trunk links to act as one logical link for increased
bandwidth.

It protects the edge of the enterprise network from malicious activity.

It disables redundant paths to eliminate Layer 2 loops.*

It decreases the size of the failure domain to contain the impact of failures.

84. When should EIGRP automatic summarization be turned off?


when a router has less than ve active interfaces

when a router has more than three active interfaces

when a network contains discontiguous network addresses*

when a router has not discovered a neighbor within three minutes

when a network addressing scheme uses VLSM

85. Which characteristic would most inuence a network design engineer to select a
multilayer switch over a Layer 2 switch?
ability to aggregate multiple ports for maximum data throughput

ability to have multiple forwarding paths through the switched network based on VLAN
number(s)

ability to provide power to directly-attached devices and the switch itself

ability to build a routing table*

86. What are two features of OSPF interarea route summarization? (Choose two.)
Route summarization results in high network trafc and router overhead.

Routes within an area are summarized by the ABR.*


Type 3 and type 5 LSAs are used to propagate summarized routes by default.

ASBRs perform all OSPF summarization.

ABRs advertise the summarized routes into the backbone.*

87. Refer to the exhibit. Which two conclusions can be derived from the output?
(Choose two.)

There is one feasible successor to network 192.168.1.8/30.*

The network 192.168.10.8/30 can be reached through 192.168.11.1.

The reported distance to network 192.168.1.0/24 is 41024256.

The neighbor 172.16.6.1 meets the feasibility condition to reach the 192.168.1.0/24
network.

Router R1 has two successors to the 172.16.3.0/24 network.*

88. What are the only two roles that permit an OSPF router to be congured for
summarization? (Choose two.)
designated router

backbone router

internal router

autonomous system boundary router*

area border router*

89. A network engineer examining the operation of EIGRP on a router notices that
one particular route is in an active state. What can the engineer determine about
this route?
Data packets to be sent to the specied network will be forwarded on this route.

The Diffusing Update Algorithm has determined a successor and a feasible successor
for this route.

The EIGRP processes are still calculating the administrative distance for this route.

EIGRP query messages are being sent to other routers requesting paths to this
network.*

90. A router needs to be congured to route within OSPF Area 0. Which two
commands are required to accomplish this? (Choose two.)
RouterA(cong)# router ospf 0

RouterA(cong-router)# network 192.168.2.0 255.255.255.0 0

RouterA(cong-router)# network 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255 area 0*


RouterA(cong-router)# network 192.168.2.0 0.0.0.255 0

RouterA(cong)# router ospf 1*

91. Refer to the exhibit. What are three resulting DR and BDR elections for the given
topology? (Choose three.)

R4 is BDR for segment B.*

R1 is DR for segment A.

R5 is DR for segment B.*

R3 is DR for segment B.

R3 is DBR for segment B.

R2 is BDR for segment A.*

92. Which statement is true about the states of the IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree
Protocol?
Ports must be blocked before they can be placed in the disabled state.

Ports listen and learn before going into the forwarding state.

Ports are manually congured to be in the forwarding state.

It takes 15 seconds for a port to go from blocking to forwarding.*

93. What is one reason to use the ip ospf priority command when the OSPF routing
protocol is in use?
to inuence the DR/BDR election process*

to streamline and speed up the convergence process

to provide a backdoor for connectivity during the convergence process

to activate the OSPF neighboring process

94. A network administrator is conguring EIGRP load balancing with the


commands:
Router(cong)# router eigrp 1
Router(cong-router)# variance 3
Router(cong-router)# end

What is a direct result of entering these commands?

Any feasible successor routes to the same destination network with a metric,
equal to or less than 3 times that of the successor, will be installed in the routing
table.*

Up to three equal cost routes to the same destination can be installed in the routing
table.

No matter whether the metric is equal or unequal, up to three routes to the same
destination can be installed in the routing table.

Up to three unequal cost routes to the same destination can be installed in the routing
table.

95. What are two load-balancing methods in the EtherChannel technology? (Choose
two.)
source IP to destination IP*

source MAC to destination MAC*

combination of source MAC and IP to destination MAC and IP

combination of source port and IP to destination port and IP

source port to destination port

96. Which statement describes the autonomous system number used in EIGRP
conguration on a Cisco router?
It carries the geographical information of the organization.
It identies the ISP that provides the connection to network of the organization.
It functions as a process ID in the operation of the router.*
It is a globally unique autonomous system number that is assigned by IANA.

97. An administrator was troubleshooting a router-on-a-stick topology and


concluded that the problem was related to the conguration of VLANs on the
router subinterfaces. Which two commands can the administrator use in the
router to identify the problem? (Choose two.)
show controllers

show vlan

show running-cong*

show ip interface*

show ip protocols

98. What is a key distinction between classful and classless routing protocols?
Classful routing protocols do not send subnet mask information in their routing
updates.*

Classful routing protocols are better suited for implementation in discontiguous


networks.

Classless routing protocols are not scalable.

Classless routing protocols do not allow for route summarization.

99. Refer to the exhibit. The network administrator congures both switches as
displayed. However, host C is unable to ping host D and host E is unable to ping
host F. What action should the administrator take to enable this communication?
Associate hosts A and B with VLAN 10 instead of VLAN 1.

Congure either trunk port in the dynamic desirable mode.*

Include a router in the topology.

Remove the native VLAN from the trunk.

Add the switchport nonegotiate command to the conguration of SW2.

100. Which is a characteristic of EtherChannel?


STP will not block redundant EtherChannel bundles between two switches.

STP treats all interfaces in a bundle as a single logical link.*

EtherChannel conguration is applied to each physical port.

EtherChannel uses physical ports that have been upgraded to provide a faster
connection.

101. The topology displays seven routers with four alternative ways to get from
source to destination:
Path cost for R1-R3-R4-R5-R6-R7 = 29
Path cost for R1-R3-R2-R6-R7 = 42
Path cost for R1-R2-R6-R7 = 43
Path cost for R1-R4-R5-R6-R7 = 31

The source is the LAN that is connected to R1. The destination is the LAN that is
connected to R7.
Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has congured OFPF in the
topology as shown. What is the preferred path to get from the LAN network that
is connected to R1 to the LAN network that is connected to R7?

R1-R2-R6-R7

R1-R3-R2-R6-R7
R1-R3-R4-R5-R6-R7*

R1-R4-R5-R6-R7

102. Four switches, labeled as SW1, SW2, SW3, and SW4, are interconnected. SW1
interface Gi 1/1 is connected to SW4 interface Gi 1/2. SW1 interface Gi 1/2 is
connected to SW3 interface Gi 1/1. SW2 interface Gi 1/1 is connected to SW3
interface Gi 1/2. SW2 interface Gi 1/2 is connected to SW4 interface Gi 1/1. There
are four text boxes.
Text box 1 shows the following:
SW1 Priority 32769
MAC Address = 00E0.000B.2222

Text box 2 shows the following:


SW2 Priority 32769
MAC Address = 00E0.000C.3333

Text box 3 shows the following:


SW3 Priority 32769
MAC Address = 00E0.000A.1111

Text box 4 shows the following:


SW4 Priority 32769
MAC Address = 00E0.000D.4444

Refer to the exhibit. Which switch will be elected the root bridge and which
switch will place a port in blocking mode? (Choose two.)

SW1 will become the root bridge.

SW4 will become the root bridge.

SW2 will become the root bridge.

SW2 will get a port blocked.

SW3 will become the root bridge.*

SW4 will get a port blocked.*

103. Which command can be used by an administrator to display a list of interfaces


that are enabled for OSPFv3?
show ipv6 protocols*

show ipv6 neighbor

show ipv6 route ospf


show ipv6 ospf

104. What EIGRP packet type is used by EIGRP routers to discover neighbors on
directly connected links?
acknowledgment

query

Hello*

update

105. Refer to the exhibit. All the displayed switches are Cisco 2960 switches with the
same default priority and operating at the same bandwidth. Which three ports
will be STP designated ports? (Choose three.)

fa0/9

fa0/20

fa0/13*

fa0/21*

fa0/10*

fa0/11

106. How is the router ID for an OSPFv3 router determined?


the highest IPv6 address on an active interface

the highest EUI-64 ID on an active interface

the highest IPv4 address on an active interface*

the lowest MAC address on an active interface

107. Which step can be taken to ensure that a switch added to the network does not
overwrite the VLAN databases on existing switches in the same VTP domain?
Erase the startup conguration and reboot the switch.

Reset the switch VTP revision number to 0.*

Delete any congured VLANs and reboot the switch.

Change the VTP mode to client.

108. A network administrator is planning to add a new switch to the network. What
should the network administrator do to ensure the new switch exchanges VTP
information with the other switches in the VTP domain?
Congure the correct VTP domain name and password on the new switch.*

Associate all ports of the new switch to a VLAN that is not VLAN 1.
Congure all ports on the new switch to access mode.

Congure the VLANs on the new switch.

109. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has congured OSPFv2 on the two
Cisco routers as shown. PC1 is unable to communicate with PC2. What should
be done to x the problem?

Add the network 192.168.255.0 0.0.0.3 area 0 command to router R1 and remove
the network 192.168.255.1 0.0.0.0 area 0command.*

Add the network 192.168.255.2 0.0.0.0 area 0 command to router R1 and remove the
network 192.168.255.1 0.0.0.0 area 0command.

Add the network 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255 area 0 command to router R1 and remove the
network 192.168.10.1 0.0.0.0 area 0command.

Add the passive-interface S0/0 command to router R1.

110. When the show spanning-tree vlan 33 command is issued on a switch, three
ports are shown in the forwarding state. In which two port roles could these
interfaces function while in the forwarding state? (Choose two.)
blocked

alternate

disabled

Designated*

Root*

111. Which two parameters must match on the ports of two switches to create a PAgP
EtherChannel between the switches? (Choose two.)
MAC address

VLAN information*

port ID

Speed*

PAgP mode

112. What is the nal operational state that will form between an OSPF DR and a
DROTHER once the routers reach convergence?
established

loading

two-way
Full*

113. Which command is used to display the bandwidth of an interface on an EIGRP-


enabled router?
show ip interface brief

show ip protocols

show interfaces*

show ip route

114. How are externally learned EIGRP routes identied in the routing table?
EX*

O1 E

115. What does the SPF algorithm consider to be the best path to a network?
The path that includes the fastest single bandwidth link.

The path with the smallest delays.

The path that includes the fastest cumulative bandwidth links.*

The path with the least number of hops.

116. Which protocol does EIGRP use for the transportation of EIGRP packets?
Transmission Control Protocol

User Datagram Protocol

Real-Time Transport Protocol*

Reliable Transport Protocol

117. What is a function of OSPF hello packets?


to ensure database synchronization between routers

to discover neighbors and build adjacencies between them*

to send specically requested link-state records

to request specic link-state records from neighbor routers

118. Which routing table descriptor is used to identify the OSPF networks advertised
by type 1 LSAs?
O*

O IA

O E2

O E1

119. What does an OSPF area contain?


routers whose SPF trees are identical

routers that share the same process ID

routers that have the same link-state information in their LSDBs*

routers that share the same router ID


120. What two values must match between two EIGRP directly connected neighbors
to establish and maintain an adjacency? (Choose two.)
autonomous system number*

metric parameters*

hello timers

router ID

Area ID

121. Refer to the exhibit. Switch SW-A is to be used as a temporary replacement for
another switch in the VTP Student domain. What two pieces of information are
indicated from the exhibited output? (Choose two.)

The other switches in the domain can be running either VTP version 1 or 2.

VLAN conguration changes made on this switch will be sent to other devices in the
VTP domain.

VTP will block frame forwarding on at least one redundant trunk port that is congured
on this switch.

This switch will update its VLAN conguration when VLAN changes are made on
a VTP server in the same domain.*

There is a risk that the switch may cause incorrect VLAN information to be sent
through the domain.*

122. What are two reasons to install a single 48-port xed conguration switch, rather
than two 24-port xed conguration switches, in a wiring closet that supports
two classrooms? (Choose two.)
more ports available for end devices*

more power provided to each port

higher uplink speeds

reduced power and space requirements*

reduced number of VLANs/broadcast domains

123. What is a characteristic of spanning tree?


It prevents propagation of Layer 2 broadcast frames.

It is enabled by default on Cisco switches.*

It is used to discover information about an adjacent Cisco device.

It has a TTL mechanism that works at Layer 2.


124. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator would like to implement dynamic
routing within a small network environment as shown in the exhibit. Which
routing protocol would be a viable solution?

BGP

IGRP

RIPv1

EIGRP*

125. Refer to the exhibit. R1 and R2 are OSPFv3 neighbors. Which address would R1
use as the next hop for packets that are destined for the Internet?

2001:DB8:C5C0:1::2

FF02::5

2001:DB8:ACAD:1::2

FE80::21E:BEFF:FEF4:5538*

126. Refer to the exhibit. What will Router1 do if it receives packets that are destined
to network 2001:db8:11:100::/64?
send the packets out interface Serial 0/0/0

drop the packets*

send the packets out interface GigabitEthernet 0/0

forward the packets to the gateway of last resort

127. Match the order in which the link-state routing process occurs on a router. (Not
all options are used.)

Each router learns about its own directly connected networks. => Step 1

Each router is responsible for saying hello to its neighbors on directly connected
networks. => Step 2

Each router builds a Link-State Packet (LSP) containing the state of each directly
connected link => Step 3

Each router oods the LSP to all neighbors, who then store all LSPs received in a
database => Step 4

Each router uses the database to construct a complete map of the topology and
computes the best => Step 5

128. Match the description to the term. (Not all options are used.)
Place the options in the following order:

adjacency database => This is where the details of the neighboring routers can be
found.
Shortest Path First => This is the algorithm used by OSPF.
Single-area OSPF => All the routers are in the backbone area.
not scored
link-state database => This is where you can nd the topology table.
not scored

129. Match the order of precedence to the process logic that an OSPFv3 network
router goes through in choosing a router ID. (Not all options are used.)

The router displays a console message to congure the router ID manually. => priority
4

The router uses the highest congured IPv4 address of an active interface. => priority
3

The router uses the highest congured IPv4 address of a loopback interface. =>
prority 2

The router uses the explicitly congured router ID if any. => priority 1

Older Version: CCNA 3 Final Exam Answers v5.1


130. A network designer is considering whether to implement a switch block on the
company network. What is the primary advantage of deploying a switch block?

A single core router provides all the routing between VLANs.


The failure of a switch block will not impact all end users.*
This is a security feature that is available on all new Catalyst switches.
This is network application software that prevents the failure of a single network
device.
131. What are three access layer switch features that are considered when designing
a network? (Choose three.)
broadcast trafc containment
failover capability
forwarding rate*
port density*
Power over Ethernet*
speed of convergence
132. In a large enterprise network, which two functions are performed by routers at
the distribution layer? (Choose two.)

connect remote networks*


provide Power over Ethernet to devices
connect users to the network
provide data trafc security*
provide a high-speed network backbone
133. Refer to the exhibit. Which switch will be the root bridge after the election
process is complete?

S1
S2*
S3
S4
134. A network administrator enters the spanning-tree portfast bpduguard default
command. What is the result of this command being issued on a Cisco switch?

Any switch port will be error-disabled if it receives a BPDU.


Any trunk ports will be allowed to connect to the network immediately, rather than
waiting to converge.
Any switch port that has been congured with PortFast will be error-
disabled if it receives a BPDU.*
Any switch port that receives a BPDU will ignore the BPDU message.
135. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is conguring PVST+ for the three
switches. What will be a result of entering these commands?
379
SHARES

a
d
f
k
J
*
!
)
N
v S1 will set the priority value for VLAN 10 to 0.
v S2 will set the priority value for VLAN 10 to 24576.

s S3 will set the priority value for VLAN 30 to 8192.*


S1 will set the priority value for VLAN 20 to 24596.
L 136. Refer to the exhibit. Which destination MAC address is used when frames are

" sent from the workstation to the default gateway?

MAC address of the forwarding router


MAC addresses of both the forwarding and standby routers
MAC address of the standby router
MAC address of the virtual router*
137. A network administrator is analyzing the features that are supported by different
rst-hop router redundancy protocols. Which statement describes a feature that
is associated with HSRP?

HSRP uses active and standby routers.*


It uses ICMP messages in order to assign the default gateway to hosts.
It allows load balancing between a group of redundant routers.
HSRP is nonproprietary.
138. Which function is provided by EtherChannel?

spreading trafc across multiple physical WAN links


dividing the bandwidth of a single link into separate time slots
enabling trafc from multiple VLANs to travel over a single Layer 2 link
creating one logical link by using multiple physical links between two LAN
switches *
139. Which two channel group modes would place an interface in a negotiating state
using PAgP? (Choose two.)

desirable*
on
active
auto*
passive
140. What are two requirements to be able to congure an EtherChannel between two
switches? (Choose two.)

The interfaces that are involved need to be contiguous on the switch.


All the interfaces need to work at the same speed. *
All the interfaces need to be working in the same duplex mode.*
All interfaces need to be assigned to different VLANs.
Different allowed ranges of VLANs must exist on each end.
141. Refer to the exhibit. Which two conclusions can be drawn from the output?
(Choose two.)

The EtherChannel is down. *


The port channel ID is 2.*
The port channel is a Layer 3 channel.
The bundle is fully operational.
The load-balancing method used is source port to destination port.
142. What two conditions have to be met in order to form a cluster that includes 5
access points? (Choose two.)

Clustering mode must be enabled on the APs.*


At least two controllers are needed to form the cluster.
The APs have to be connected on the same network segment.*
The APs must all be congured to use different radio modes.
The APs must use different cluster names.
143. A remote classroom can successfully access video-intensive streaming lectures
via wired computers. However, when an 802.11n wireless access point is
installed and used with 25 wireless laptops to access the same lectures, poor
audio and video quality is experienced. Which wireless solution would improve
the performance for the laptops?
Decrease the power of the wireless transmitter.
Add another access point.*
Upgrade the access point to one that can route.
Adjust the wireless NICs in the laptops to operate at 10GHz to be compatible with
802.11n.
144. Which wireless network topology is being congured by a technician who is
installing a keyboard, a mouse, and headphones, each of which uses Bluetooth?

ad hoc mode*
hotspot
infrastructure mode
mixed mode
145. What are the two methods that are used by a wireless NIC to discover an AP?
(Choose two.)

sending an ARP request


delivering a broadcast frame
transmitting a probe request*
initiating a three-way handshake
receiving a broadcast beacon frame*
146. At a local college, students are allowed to connect to the wireless network
without using a password. Which mode is the access point using?

network
open*
passive
shared-key
147. Which wireless encryption method is the most secure?

WPA
WEP
WPA2 with TKIP
WPA2 with AES*
148. Users on an IEEE 801.11n network are complaining of slow speeds. The network
administrator checks the AP and veries it is operating properly. What can be
done to improve the wireless performance in the network?

Split the wireless trafc between the 802.11n 2.4 GHz band and the 5 GHz
band.*
Change the authentication method on the AP.
Switch to an 802.11g AP.
Set the AP to mixed mode.
149. A network engineer is implementing security on all company routers. Which two
commands must be issued to force authentication via the password 1C34dE for
all OSPF-enabled interfaces in the backbone area of the company network?
(Choose two.)

ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 1C34dE*


area 1 authentication message-digest
username OSPF password 1C34dE
enable password 1C34dE
area 0 authentication message-digest*
150. Refer to the exhibit. When the show ip ospf neighbor command is given from the
R1# prompt, no output is shown. However, when the show ip interface brief
command is given, all interfaces are showing up and up. What is the most likely
problem?
R2 has not brought the S0/0/1 interface up yet.
R1 or R2 does not have a loopback interface that is congured yet.
The ISP has not congured a static route for the ABC Company yet.
R1 or R2 does not have a network statement for the 172.16.100.0 network.*
R1 has not sent a default route down to R2 by using the default-information
originate command.
151. What are two methods to make the OSPF routing protocol more secure? (Choose
two.)

Use only OSPFv3.


Use MD5 authentication.*
Use the enable secret command.
When feasible, create a VPN tunnel between each OSPF neighbor adjacency.
Use the passive-interface command on LAN interfaces that are connected
only to end-user devices.*
152. A network engineer is troubleshooting a single-area OSPFv3 implementation
across routers R1, R2, and R3. During the verication of the implementation, it is
noted that the routing tables on R1 and R2 do not include the entry for a remote
LAN on R3. Examination of R3 shows the following:
1.that all interfaces have correct addressing
2.that the routing process has been globally congured
3.that correct router adjacencies have formed
What additional action taken on R3 could solve the problem?

Enable the OSPFv3 routing process on the interface connected to the


remote LAN.*
Use the network command to congure the LAN network under the global routing
process.
Force DR/BDR elections to occur where required.
Restart the OPSFv3 routing process.
153. Refer to the exhibit. A network technician is troubleshooting missing OSPFv3
routes on a router. What is the cause of the problem based on the command
output?

CCNA3 Final Exam v5.03 008

There is a problem with the OSPFv3 adjacency between the local router and
the router that is using the neighbor ID 2.2.2.2.*
The local router has formed complete neighbor adjacencies, but must be in a
2WAY state for the router databases to be fully synchronized.
The dead time must be higher than 30 for all routers to form neighbor
adjacencies.
The neighbor IDs are incorrect. The interfaces must use only IPv6 addresses to
ensure fully synchronized routing databases.
154. When does an OSPF router become an ABR?

when the router has interfaces in different areas*


when the router is congured as an ABR by the network administrator
when the router has the highest router ID
when the router has an OSPF priority of 0
155. Which type of OSPF LSA represents an external route and is propagated across
the entire OSPF domain?

type 1
type 2
type 3
type 4
type 5*
156. Refer to the exhibit. What can be concluded about network 192.168.1.0 in the R2
routing table?

This network has been learned from an internal router within the same area.
This network was learned through summary LSAs from an ABR.*
This network is directly connected to the interface GigabitEthernet0/0.
This network should be used to forward trafc toward external networks.
157. Refer to the exhibit. A company has migrated from single area OSPF to
multiarea. However, none of the users from network 192.168.1.0/24 in the new
area can be reached by anyone in the Branch1 ofce. From the output in the
exhibit, what is the problem?

CCNA3 Final Exam v5.03 005

There are no interarea routes in the routing table for network 192.168.1.0.*
The OSPF routing process is inactive.
The link to the new area is down.
The router has not established any adjacencies with other OSPF routers.
158. When are EIGRP update packets sent?
only when necessary*
when learned routes age out
every 5 seconds via multicast
every 30 seconds via broadcast
159. Refer to the exhibit. If router B is to be congured for EIGRP AS 100, which
conguration must be entered?

CCNA3 Final Exam v5.03 010

B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3


B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.8 0.0.0.3
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.8 0.0.0.3
B(cong-router)#network 192.168.10.128 0.0.0.63
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.4 255.255.255.248
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.8 255.255.255.248
B(cong-router)#network 192.168.10.128 255.255.255.192
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.8 0.0.0.3
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.64 0.0.0.63
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.128 0.0.0.63
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.192 0.0.0.63
B(cong-router)# network 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255
160. An administrator issues the router eigrp 100 command on a router. What is the
number 100 used for?
as the autonomous system number*
as the number of neighbors supported by this router
as the length of time this router will wait to hear hello packets from a neighbor
as the maximum bandwidth of the fastest interface on the router
161. A network administrator wants to verify the default delay values for the
interfaces on an EIGRP-enabled router. Which command will display these
values?

show ip protocols
show running-cong
show interfaces*
show ip route
162. Which two parameters does EIGRP use by default to calculate the best path?
(Choose two.)

delay*
MTU
reliability
transmit and receive load
bandwidth*
163. When will a router that is running EIGRP put a destination network in the active
state?

when the EIGRP domain is converged


when there is outgoing trafc toward the destination network
when there is an EIGRP message from the successor of the destination network
when the connection to the successor of the destination network fails and
there is no feasible successor available*
164. Which address is used by an IPv6 EIGRP router as the source for hello
messages?

the 32-bit router ID


the IPv6 global unicast address that is congured on the interface
the all-EIGRP-routers multicast address
the interface IPv6 link-local address *
165. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator issues the show ipv6 eigrp
neighbors command. Which conclusion can be drawn based on the output?

The link-local addresses of neighbor routers interfaces are congured


manually.*
R1 has two neighbors. They connect to R1 through their S0/0/0 and S0/0/1
interfaces.
The neighbor with the link-local address FE80::5 is the rst EIGRP neighbor that
is learned by R1.
If R1 does not receive a hello packet from the neighbor with the link-local address
FE80::5 in 2 seconds, it will declare the neighbor router is down.
166. Refer to the exhibit. Which route or routes will be advertised to the router ISP if
autosummarization is enabled?

CCNA3 Final Exam v5.03 003

10.0.0.0/8*
10.1.0.0/16
10.1.0.0/28
10.1.1.0/24
10.1.2.0/24
10.1.3.0/24
10.1.4.0/28
167. When a Cisco router is congured with fast-switching, how are packets
distributed over equal-cost paths?

on a per-packet basis
on a per-interface basis
on a per-path-load basis
on a per-destination basis*
168. Refer to the exhibit. Router CiscoVille has been partially congured for EIGRP
authentication. What is missing that would allow successful authentication
between EIGRP neighbors?

The interfaces that will use EIGRP authentication must be specied.


A username and password must be congured.
The keychain for EIGRP authentication must be congured on the
interfaces. *
The CiscoVille router requires a second keychain to function correctly when using
two interfaces for EIGRP authentication.
169. Refer to the exhibit. Routers R1 and R2 are directly connected via their serial
interfaces and are both running the EIGRP routing protocol. R1 and R2 can ping
the directly connected serial interface of their neighbor, but they cannot form an
EIGRP neighbor adjacency. What action should be taken to solve this problem?

Enable the serial interfaces of both routers.


Congure EIGRP to send periodic updates.
Congure the same hello interval between the routers.
Congure both routers with the same EIGRP process ID.*
170. Which two conditions should the network administrator verify before attempting
to upgrade a Cisco IOS image using a TFTP server? (Choose two.)
Verify the name of the TFTP server using the show hosts command.
Verify that the TFTP server is running using the tftpdnld command.
Verify that the checksum for the image is valid using the show version command.
Verify connectivity between the router and TFTP server using the ping
command. *
Verify that there is enough ash memory for the new Cisco IOS image using
the show ash command.*
171. Which requirement should be checked before a network administrator performs
an IOS image upgrade on a router?

The FTP server is operational.


The old IOS image le has been deleted.
There is sufcient space in ash memory.*
The desired IOS image le has been downloaded to the router.
172. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is attempting to upgrade the IOS
system image on a Cisco 2901 router. After the new image has been downloaded
and copied to the TFTP server, what command should be issued on the router
before the IOS system image is upgraded on the router?

CCNA3 Final Exam v5.03 017

show license all


ping 10.10.10.1
copy tftp: ash0:
ping 10.10.10.2*
173. What is the purpose of the Cisco PAK?

It is a key for enabling an IOS feature set.*


It is a proprietary encryption algorithm.
It is a compression le type used when installing IOS 15 or an IOS upgrade.
It is a way to compress an existing IOS so that a newer IOS version can be co-
installed on a router.
174. Which Cisco IOS Software Release 15.0 technology pack is shipped with a
permanent license on all Cisco ISR G2 devices?

IPBase*
DATA
Unied Communications
Security
175. A network administrator issues the command R1(cong)# license boot module
c1900 technology-package securityk9 on a router. What is the effect of this
command?
The IOS will prompt the user to reboot the router.
The features in the Security package are available immediately.
The IOS will prompt the user to provide a UDI in order to activate the license.
The Evaluation Right-To-Use license for the Security technology package is
activated.*
176. What two license states would be expected on a new Cisco router once the
license has been activated? (Choose two.)

License Type: ipbasek9


License Type: Permanent*
License Type: Temporary
License State: Active, In Use*
License State: Active, Registered
License State: On
177. Fill in the blank.
The backbone area interconnects with all other OSPF area types.
178. Match the CLI command prompt with the command or response entered when
backing up a Release 15 IOS image to an IPv6 TFTP server. (Not all options are
used.)

Question

Answer

179. What is a difference between the Cisco IOS 12 and IOS 15 versions?
The IOS 12 version has commands that are not available in the 15 version.
The IOS version 15 license key is unique to each device, whereas the IOS
version 12 license key is not device specic.*
Every Cisco ISR G2 platform router includes a universal image in the IOS 12
versions, but not the IOS 15 versions.
IOS version 12.4(20)T1 is a mainline release, whereas IOS version 15.1(1)T1 is a
new feature release.
180. A network administrator issues the command R1(cong)# license boot module
c1900 technology-package securityk9 on a router. What is the effect of this
command?
The IOS will prompt the user to reboot the router.
The features in the Security package are available immediately.
The IOS will prompt the user to provide a UDI in order to activate the license.
The Evaluation Right-To-Use license for the Security technology package is
activated.*
181. A network administrator is troubleshooting slow performance in a Layer 2
switched network. Upon examining the IP header, the administrator notices that
the TTL value is not decreasing. Why is the TTL value not decreasing?
This is the normal behavior for a Layer 2 network.*
The MAC address table is full.
The VLAN database is corrupt.
The inbound interface is set for half duplex.
182. An STP instance has failed and frames are ooding the network. What action
should be taken by the network administrator?
A response from the network administrator is not required because the TTL eld
will eventually stop the frames from ooding the network.
Spanning tree should be disabled for that STP instance until the problem is
located.
Broadcast trafc should be investigated and eliminated from the network.
Redundant links should be physically removed until the STP instance is
repaired.*
183. A network engineer is conguring a LAN with a redundant rst hop to make
better use of the available network resources. Which protocol should the
engineer implement?
FHRP
GLBP*
HSRP
VRRP
184. A network engineer is troubleshooting a newly deployed wireless network that is
using the latest 802.11 standards. When users access high bandwidth services
such as streaming video, the wireless network performance is poor. To improve
performance the network engineer decides to congure a 5 Ghz frequency band
SSID and train users to use that SSID for streaming media services. Why might
this solution improve the wireless network performance for that type of service?
The 5 GHz band has a greater range and is therefore likely to be interference-
free.
Requiring the users to switch to the 5 GHz band for streaming media is
inconvenient and will result in fewer users accessing these services.
The 5 GHz band has more channels and is less crowded than the 2.4 GHz
band, which makes it more suited to streaming multimedia.*
The only users that can switch to the 5 GHz band will be those with the latest
wireless NICs, which will reduce usage.
185. What method of wireless authentication is dependent on a RADIUS
authentication server?
WEP
WPA Personal
WPA2 Personal
WPA2 Enterprise*
186. Refer to the exhibit. What two pieces of information could be determined by a
network administrator from this output? (Choose two.)

R1 is participating in multiarea OSPF.*


The OSPF process number that is being used is 0.
Interface Fa0/1 is not participating in the OSPF process. *
R1 is the distribution point for the routers that are attached to the 10.0.0.4
network.*
The metric that will be installed in the routing table for the 10.0.0.0 route will be
65 (64+1).
187. What is a wireless modulation technique used by 802.11 WLAN standards that
can implement MIMO?
BSS
DSSS
FHSS
OFDM*
188. A network administrator in a branch ofce is conguring EIGRP authentication
between the branch ofce router and the headquarters ofce router. Which
security credential is needed for the authentication process?
a randomly generated key with the crypto key generate rsa command
the username and password congured on the headquarters ofce router
the hostname of the headquarters ofce router and a common password
a common key congured with the key-string command inside a key chain*
189. For troubleshooting missing EIGRP routes on a router, what three types of
information can be collected using the show ip protocols command? (Choose
three.)
any interfaces that are enabled for EIGRP authentication
any interfaces on the router that are congured as passive*
the IP addresses that are congured on adjacent routers
any ACLs that are affecting the EIGRP routing process *
networks that are unadvertised by the EIGRP routing protocol*
the local interface that is used to establish an adjacency with EIGRP neighbors
190. Which port role is assigned to the switch port that has the lowest cost to reach
the root bridge?
root port*
non-designated port
designated port
disabled port
191. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is attempting to upgrade the IOS
system image on a Cisco 2901 router. After the new image has been downloaded
and copied to the TFTP server, what command should be issued on the router
before the IOS system image is upgraded on the router?

dir ash:
ping 10.10.10.1
copy tftp: ash0:
ping 10.10.10.2*
192. Which technology is an open protocol standard that allows switches to
automatically bundle physical ports into a single logical link?
Multilink PPP
DTP
LACP*
PAgP
193. Refer to the exhibit. Based on the command output shown, what is the status of
the EtherChannel?

The EtherChannel is dynamic and is using ports Fa0/10 and Fa0/11 as passive
ports.
The EtherChannel is down as evidenced by the protocol eld being empty.
The EtherChannel is partially functional as indicated by the P ags for the
FastEthernet ports.
The EtherChannel is in use and functional as indicated by the SU and P
ags in the command output.*
194. If a company wants to upgrade a Cisco 2800 router from IOS 12.4T, what IOS
should be recommended for a stable router platform?
12.5T
13.1T
14.0
15.1M*
195. Fill in the blank.
EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the topologytable.
196. Fill in the blank. Use the acronym. Which encryption protocol is used by the
WPA2 shared key authentication technique?
AES
197. Match each OSPF LSA description with its type. (Not all options are used.)

198. Match the CLI command prompt with the command or response entered when
backing up Release 15 IOS image to an IPv6 TFTP server. (Not all options are
used.)

199. Which action should be taken when planning for redundancy on a hierarchical
network design?
immediately replace a non-functioning module, service or device on a network
continually purchase backup equipment for the network
implement STP portfast between the switches on the network
add alternate physical paths for data to traverse the network*
200. Refer to the exhibit. Why did R1 and R2 not establish an adjacency?

R1 S0/0/0 and R2 S0/0/0 are on different networks.


The AS number must be the same on R1 and R2.*
The link-local address must be the same on both routers.
The no shutdown command is misapplied on both routers.
The router ID must be the same on both routers.
201. A network administrator issues the command R1(cong)# license boot module
c1900 technology-package securityk9 on a router. What is the effect of this
command?
The IOS will prompt the user to reboot the router.

The features in the Security package are available immediately.

The IOS will prompt the user to provide a UDI in order to activate the license.
The Evaluation Right-To-Use license for the Security technology package is
activated.*

202. Match the CLI command prompt with the command or response entered when
backing up a Release 15 IOS image to an IPv6 TFTP server. (Not all options are
used.)

RouterA# -> copy ash0:tftp:

Source Filename? -> C1900-universalk9-m.SPA.152-4.M3.bin

Address or name of remote host ->2001:DB8:CAFE:100::9

203. Refer to the exhibit. An administrator attempts to congure EIGRP for IPv6 on a
router and receives the error message that is shown. Which command must be
issued by the administrator before EIGRP for IPv6 can be congured?

eigrp router-id 100.100.100.100


no shutdown
ipv6 eigrp 100
ipv6 cef
ipv6 unicast-routing*

204. Which technological factor determines the impact of a failure domain?


the forwarding rate of the switches used on the access layer
the number of layers of the hierarchical network
the role of the malfunctioning device*
the number of users on the access layer

205. What are two differences between the Cisco IOS 12 and IOS 15 versions?
(Choose two.)
Every Cisco ISR G2 platform router includes a universal image in the IOS 12 versions,
but not the IOS 15 versions.
The IOS version 15 license key is unique to each device, whereas the IOS
version 12 license key is not device specic.*
The IOS 12 version has two trains that occur simultaneously, whereas the IOS 15
version still has two trains, but the versions occur in a single sequential order.
The IOS 12 version has commands that are not available in the 15 version.
IOS version 12.4(20)T1 is a mainline release, whereas IOS version 15.1(1)T1 is a
new feature release.*

206. Refer to the exhibit. What are two results of issuing the displayed commands on
S1, S2, and S3? (Choose two.)
S3 can be elected as a secondary bridge.
S2 can become root bridge if S3 fails.
S1 will automatically adjust the priority to be the lowest.*
S2 can become root bridge if S1 fails.*
S1 will automatically adjust the priority to be the highest.

207. Which action should be taken when planning for redundancy on a hierarchical
network design?
add alternate physical paths for data to traverse the network
continually purchase backup equipment for the network*
immediately replace a non-functioning module, service or device on a network
implement STP portfast between the switches on the network

208. Fill in the blank. Use the acronym.


Which encryption protocol is used by the WPA2 shared key authentication technique?
AES
209. Refer to the exhibit. Interface FastEthernet 0/1 on S1 is connected to Interface
FastEthernet 0/1 on S2, and Interface FastEthernet 0/2 on S1 is connected to
Interface FastEthernet 0/2 on S2. What are two errors in the present
EtherChannel congurations? (Choose two.)

Desirable mode is not compatible with on mode.


The trunk mode is not allowed for EtherChannel bundles.
Two auto modes cannot form a bundle.*
The channel group is inconsistent.*
The interface port channel ID should be different in both switches.

210. Launch PT Hide and Save PT


Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then
answer the question.
Which message was displayed on the web server?

Work done!
Congratulations!
Wonderful work!
Youve made it!*

211. A network administrator has congured an EtherChannel between two switches


that are connected via four trunk links. If the physical interface for one of the
trunk links changes to a down state, what happens to the EtherChannel?
Spanning Tree Protocol will recalculate the remaining trunk links.
The EtherChannel will remain functional.*
The EtherChannel will transition to a down state.
Spanning Tree Protocol will transition the failed physical interface into forwarding
mode.

212. What are two requirements when using out-of-band conguration of a Cisco IOS
network device? (Choose two.)
Telnet or SSH access to the device
a connection to an operational network interface on the device
a direct connection to the console or AUX port*
a terminal emulation client*
HTTP access to the device

213. Match each OSPF LSA description with its type. (Not all options are used.)

This type of LSA exists in multi-access & non-broadcast multi-access networks


w/DR => TYPE 2 LSA
This type of LSA describes routes to networks outside of the OSPF AS => TYPE
5 LSA
This type of LSA is ooded only within the area which it originated => TYPE 1
LSA
This type of LSA is used by ABR to advertise networks from other areas => TYPE
3 LSA

214. A network administrator issues the command R1(cong)# license boot module
c1900 technology-package securityk9 on a router. What is the effect of this
command?
The IOS will prompt the user to provide a UDI in order to activate the license.
The IOS will prompt the user to reboot the router.
The features in the Security package are available immediately.
The Evaluation Right-To-Use license for the Security technology package is
activated.*

215. A router has been removed from the network for maintenance. A new Cisco IOS
software image has been successfully downloaded to a server and copied into
the ash of the router. What should be done before placing the router back into
service?
Delete the previous version of the Cisco IOS software from ash.
Copy the running conguration to NVRAM.
Back up the new image.
Restart the router and verify that the new image starts successfully.*

216. Refer to the exhibit. Why did R1 and R2 not establish ad adjacency?
The link-local address must be the same on both routers.

The AS number must be the same on R1 and R2.*

R1 S0/0/0 and R2 S0/0/0 are on different networks.

The no shutdown command is misapplied on both routers.

The router ID must be the same on both routers.

217. Refer to the exhibit. Match the description to the corresponding value used by
the DUAL FSM. (Not all options are used.)

feasible distance to 192.168.11.64 => 660110


new successor to network 192.168.1.0 => 192.168.3.1
destination network => 192.168.11.64

218. What are two reasons to implement passive interfaces in the EIGRP
conguration of a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
to provide increased network security *

to shut down unused interfaces

to exclude interfaces from load balancing

to mitigate attacks coming from the interfaces

to avoid unnecessary update trafc *

219. Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.


The spanning-tree mode rapid-pvst global conguration command is used to enable
Rapid PVST+.
220. A WLAN user wants to allocate an optimal amount of bandwidth to a specic
online game. What is a Linksys Smart Wi-Fi tool that will allow the user to do
this?
Widgets

Speed Test

Media Prioritization

Bandwidth Prioritization*

221. Fill in the blank.


EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the topology table.
222. What type of OSPF IPv4 route is indicated by a route table entry descriptor of O
E1?
an intra-area route that is advertised by the DR
a summary route that is advertised by an ABR
a directly connected route that is associated with an Ethernet interface
an external route that is advertised by an ASBR*
223. What is the purpose of a Cisco IOS 15 EM release?
It species advanced IP services features such as advanced security and service
provider packages.
It provides regular bug x maintenance rebuilds, plus critical x support for network-
affecting bugs.
It is used for long-term maintenance, enabling customers to qualify, deploy, and
remain on the release for an extended period.*

224. It provides premium packages and enables additional IOS software feature
combinations that address more complex network requirements. A network
administrator is analyzing rst -hop router redundancy protocols. What is
characteristic of VRRPv3?
characteristics of VRRPV3:
INTEROPERABILITY IN MULTI-VENDOR ENVIRONMENTS*
VRRPv3 SUPPORTS USAGE OF IPv4 and IPv6*
IMPROVE SCALABILITY THROUGH USE OF VRRS PATHWAYS*
so judging from the options given it will be supports both IPv6 and IPv4 addressing
225. What occurs when authentication is congured on an EIGRP router?
After EIGRP authentication has been congured, the router must be rebooted to be
able to reestablish adjacencies.
If adjacencies are displayed after the use of the show ipv6 eigrp neighbors
command, then EIGRP authentication was successful.*
Only one router is required to be congured for EIGRP authentication.
If only one router has been congured for EIGRP authentication, any prior adjacencies
will remain intact.
226. Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is conguring PVST+ for the three
switches.
What will be a result of entering these commands?

S2 will set the priority value for VLAN 10 to 24576

S1 will set the priority value for VLAN 20 to 24596

S3 will set the priority value for VLAN 30 to 8192*

S1 will set the priority value for VLAN 10 to 0

227. What are two drawbacks to turning spanning tree off and having multiple paths
through the Layer 2 switch network? (Choose two.)
Broadcast frames are transmitted indenitely.*

Port security shuts down all of the port that attached devices.

The switch acts like a hub.

The Mac address table becomes unstable.*

Port security becomes unstable.

228. Match the OSPF router type description with its name

Internal routers:
Routers that have all their interfaces in the same area and have identical LSDBs.

Area border routers:


All the routers of this type maintain separate LSDBs for each area to which they
connect.

Autonomous System Boundary Routers:


Routers that have at least one interface attached to an external internetwork
(another autonomous system), such as a non-OSPF network.

229. What is a requirement to congure a trunking EtherChannel between two


switches?
The participating interfaces must be on the same module on a switch.

The participating interfaces must be physically contiguous on a switch.

The participating interfaces must be assigned the same VLAN number on both
switches.*

The allowed range of VLANs must be the same on both switches.

230. What should be installed on a Cisco router as a prerequisite for installing the
Data, Security, and Unied Communications licenses in IOS 15?
the IP Base license*

the Cisco License Manager

the Enterprise Services package

the Enterprise Base license

231. After implementing an IPv6 network, the administrator notices that the OSPFv3
process is not starting on the routers. What could be the problem?
No router IDs are congured on the routers.*
Authentication was not implemented between the routers.
The routers were not congured with the network command.
The routers are congured with the default priority.

232. Which statement describes the load balancing behavior of EIGRP?


EIGRP for IPv6 supports unequal cost load balancing, but EIGRP for IPv4 does not.
EIGRP for IPv4 supports unequal cost load balancing, but EIGRP for IPv6 does not.
Neither EIGRP for IPv4 nor EIGRP for IPv6 support unequal cost load balancing.
Both EIGRP for IPv4 and EIGRP for IPv6 support unequal cost load balancing.*

233. What is the purpose of the Cisco License Manager?


It is a free software application that helps network administrators rapidly deploy
multiple Cisco software licenses across their networks. *

It is software that provides the Product Activation Key for the license and important
information regarding the Cisco End User License Agreement.

It is software that comes pre-installed with the software image and contains licenses for
the customer-specied packages and features.

It is a web-based portal for getting and registering individual software licenses.

234. While attending a conference, participants are using laptops for network
connectivity. When a guest speaker attempts to connect to the network, the
laptop fails to display any available wireless networks. The access point is
probably operating in which mode?
passive*

mixed

open

active

235. Refer to the exhibit and the following error message from the SwB switch.
00:22:43: %SPANTREE-7-RECV_1Q_NON_TRUNK: Received 802.1Q BPDU on
non trunk FastEthernet0/1 VLAN1.
00:22:43: %SPANTREE-7-BLOCK_PORT_TYPE: Blocking FastEthernet0/1 on
VLAN0001. Inconsistent port type.
Considering that the link between the two switches is good and the correct type,
what could cause this error message?
The SwA port has IEEE 802.1Q trunking enabled and the SwB port has ISL trunking
enabled.

The SwA port is congured as a trunk port and the SwB port is congured as an
access port.*

The Spanning Tree Protocol has been disabled on both switches.

The Spanning Tree Protocol has been disabled on one switch.

The IEEE 802.1Q trunking port has a speed mismatch on one of the switches.

236. A network administrator is designing a wireless network for a new school


building. The wireless network is for students using their own mobile devices.
The network administrator wants to provide the most throughput possible even if
the throughput is reduced by students using older devices. Which technology
would be best in this situation?
802.11g*

802.11ac

802.11n

802.11ad

237. A company has deployed four 48-port access layer switches to a switch bock.
For redundancy each access layer switch will connect to two distribution layer
switches. Additionally, link aggregation will be used to combine 10 Gbps
interfaces to form 20 Gbps trunk links form the access layer switches to the
distribution layer switches. How many switch ports on the access layer switches
will be available in the switch block to support end devices?
176
184*
188
192
238. What is a feature of the OSPF routing protocol?
OSPF authentication is congured in the same way on IPV4 and IPV6 networks

The SPF algorithm chooses the best path based on 30-second updates

Routers can be grouped into autonomous systems to support a hierarchical system.

It scales well in both small and large networks. *

239. Refer to the exhibit. If the switch has been congured for PVST+ mode, what
command output would replace the question marks?
pvst

pvst+

rstp

ieee

Download PDF File below:

Thiscontentislocked!
Pleasesupportus,useoneofthebuttonsbelowtounlockthecontent.
like
Like 404 tweet
Tweet +1us

share
Share 404 share
Share share
Share

Related Articles

PREV ARTICLE

About The Author

CCNA Exam Answers 2017

6 Comments

Mario

is 850 Views and no feedback? it`s ok answers?


March 14, 2016
Etienne

Exam tomorrow, wish me luck fellow cheaters!


December 11, 2016

John

howd the test go Etienne


December 14, 2016

Santa

Question 15 cant be right. Desirable and auto put the interface in a


negotiating state.
December 16, 2016

Ahmed Abdel-Kader

Q(50):
correct answer:
Congure both routers with the same EIGRP autonomous system
December 29, 2016

Derick

Exactly my thought
February 11, 2017

Leave a Reply

Comment Text*

Name*

Email*

SUBMIT YOUR COMMENT


CCNA Workbook Certication 200-125 Exam Recent Comments

Brian on CCNA 1 v6.0 ITN Practice Skills


Section 42 Frame CCNA 200-125
Assessment Packet Tracer Exam Answers
Relay and PPP Certi cation Practice
Exam Answers
K on CCNA 1 (v5.1 + v6.0) Chapter 8 Exam
Update New Questions
Answers 2017 100% Full

Section 41 Wide Area Steve on Cisco Packet Tracer for


Networking QUIZ CCNA Exam Beginners Chapter 1: Startup Guide
Dumps 200-125 Test
Online Full Collections supun akalanka on IT Essentials (ITE v6.0)
Chapter 2 Exam Answers 100% 2016

Section 40 Syslog, rene on CCNA Security 2.0 Practice Skills


SNMP, and Net ow 100% Pass CCNA
Assesement Part 2 Packet Tracer
Certi cation Exam 200-
125: 700 Questions and
Fabricio on CCNA 3 (v5.0 + v6.0) OSPF
Answers
Practice Skills Assessment Exam Answer

Section 39 OSPF
Sindujan Kunendran on CCNA 1 v5.1 + v6.0
CCNA v3 (200-125) 171 Practice Final Test Online 2016 100%
Questions
Certi cation Exam
Answers latest

Copyright 2017 Privacy Policy | Contact


AdChoices
ADVERTISEMENT

PracticeExam SoftwareUpgrade CreateLogo

QuestionsandAnswers AccessWiFiRouter RouterSetup

CCNA v5.02 Answers Blog


CCNA 1 V5.02 CCNA 2 V5.02 CCNA 4 V5.02 CCNA 3 V5.02 ITE V5.02 EXAM 2015 100% SITEMAP Follow:

You might also like...

MARCH 21, 2015 MARCH 21, 2015 MARCH 21, 2015 MARCH 21, 2015
CCNA 3 Pretest Exam Answer v5 & v5.02 CCNA 3 Final Exam Answer v5 & v5.02 2015 CCNA 3 Chapter 9 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02 CCNA 3 Chapter 8 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02
2015 (100%) (100%) 2015 (100%) 2015 (100%)

ITE Chapter and Final Exam Answer 2015 (100%) Cisco Packet Tracer for Linux Desktop Version 7.0 English ADVERTISER

CCNA 3 V5.02 MARCH 21, 2015 3

CCNA 3 Practice Final Exam Answer v5.02 2015 (100%)


23,111 Views by admin

RECENT POSTS

Cisco Packet Tracer for Windows Desktop


Version 7.0 English
1. Which technological factor determines the impact of a failure domain?
the number of layers of the hierarchical network Cisco Packet Tracer for Linux Desktop Version
7.0 English
the number of users on the access layer
the role of the malfunctioning device
CCNA 4 Chapter 1 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02
the forwarding rate of the switches used on the access layer 2015 (100%)

2. Whichrouting protocol is able to scale for large networks and utilizes non- CCNA 4 Chapter 2 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02
backbone areas for expansion? 2015 (100%)

EIGRP CCNA 4 Chapter 3 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02


BGP 2015 (100%)
OSPF
CCNA 4 Chapter 4 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02
RIPv2
2015 (100%)

3. Which model and which two characteristics would be more likely to be


CCNA 4 Chapter 5 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02
considered in purchasing an access layer switch, as compared to buying switches 2015 (100%)
that operate at the other layers of the Cisco hierarchical design model? (Choose
CCNA 4 Chapter 6 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02
three.)
2015 (100%)
Catalyst 2960
Catalyst 4500X CCNA 4 Chapter 7 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02
2015 (100%)
number of ports
PoE
CCNA 4 Chapter 8 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02
EtherChannel 2015 (100%)
RSTP

What are two reasons to install a single 48-port fixed configuration switch,
4. What are two reasons to install a single 48-port fixed configuration switch, ADVERTISEMENT
CCNA 4 Chapter 9 Exam Answer v5 & v5.02
rather than two 24-port fixed configuration switches, in a wiring closet that 2015 (100%)

supports two classrooms? (Choose two.)


CCNA 4 Practice Final Exam Answer v5.02
more power provided to each port 2015 (100%)
more ports available for end devices
higher uplink speeds CCNA 4 Chapter and Final Exam Answer 2015
(100%)
reduced power and space requirements
reduced number of VLANs/broadcast domains
CCNA 4 Final Exam Answer v5 & v5.02 2015
(100%)
5. In
the Cisco hierarchical design model, which layer is more likely to have a fixed
configuration switch than the other layers? CCNA 4 Pretest Exam Answer v5 & v5.02 2015
(100%)
distribution
transport RECENT COMMENTS
internet
access sassospantelis on CCNA 2 RSE Practice Skills
core Assessment PT 2015 (100%)

6. Whatare two requirements when using out-of-band configuration of a Cisco IOS sassospantelis on CCNA 2 Chapter and Final
Exam Answer 2015 (100%)
network device? (Choose two.)
HTTP access to the device Jessica on CCNA 2 Final Exam Answer v5 &
v5.02 2015 (100%)
a terminal emulation client
Telnet or SSH access to the device
Jum on CCNA 3 Practice Final Exam Answer
a direct connection to the console or AUX port v5.02 2015 (100%)
a connection to an operational network interface on the device
Jum on CCNA 3 Practice Final Exam Answer
7. Which port role is assigned to the switch port that has the lowest cost to reach v5.02 2015 (100%)

the root bridge?


root port

non-designated port

designated port

disabled port

8. What two STP features are incorporated into Rapid PVST+? (Choose two.)
UplinkFast
PortFast
BPDU guard
BPDU filter
BackboneFast
loop guard

9. Referto the exhibit. A network administrator is verifying the bridge ID and the
status of this switch in the STP election. Which statement is correct based on the
command output?
ADVERTISEMENT

The bridge priority of Switch_2 has been lowered to a predefined value to become the root bridge.
The bridge priority of Switch_2 has been lowered to a predefined value to become the backup root bridge.
The STP instance on Switch_2 is failing due to no ports being blocked and all switches believing they are the root.
The STP instance on Switch_2 is using the default STP priority and the election is based on Switch_2 MAC
address.

10. When the show spanning-tree vlan 33 command is issued on a switch, three
ports are shown in the forwarding state. In which two port roles could these
interfaces function while in the forwarding state? (Choose two.)
disabled
designated
root
alternate
blocked

11. A
network administrator is analyzing first-hop router redundancy protocols.
What is a characteristic of VRRPv3?
1. VRRPv3 is Cisco proprietary.
2. It supports IPv6 and IPv4 addressing.
3. It works together with HSRP.
4. It allows load balancing between routers.

12. Referto the exhibit. Which switching technology would allow data to be
transmitted over each access layer switch link and prevent the port from being
blocked by spanning tree due to the redundant link?

EtherChannel
HSRP
PortFast
trunking

13. Anetwork administrator has configured an EtherChannel between two switches


that are connected via four trunk links. If the physical interface for one of the
trunk links changes to a down state, what happens to the EtherChannel?
The EtherChannel will transition to a down state.
Spanning Tree Protocol will recalculate the remaining trunk links.
The EtherChannel will remain functional.
Spanning Tree Protocol will transition the failed physical interface into forwarding mode.

What are two advantages of EtherChannel? (Choose two.)


14. What are two advantages of EtherChannel? (Choose two.) ADVERTISEMENT

Configuring the EtherChannel interface provides consistency in the configuration of the physical links.
Load balancing occurs between links configured as different EtherChannels.
EtherChannel uses upgraded physical links to provide increased bandwidth.
Spanning Tree Protocol views the physical links in an EtherChannel as one logical connection.
Spanning Tree Protocol ensures redundancy by transitioning failed interfaces in an EtherChannel to a forwarding
state.

15. Whena range of ports is being configured for EtherChannel, which mode will
configure LACP on a port only if the port receives LACP packets from another
device?
active
auto
desirable
passive

16. Which
two parameters must match on the ports of two switches to create a PAgP
EtherChannel between the switches? (Choose two.)
MAC address
speed
VLAN information
PAgP mode
port ID

17. When
EtherChannel is configured, which mode will force an interface into a port
channel without exchanging aggregation protocol packets?
active
auto
on
desirable

18. Which
command will start the process to bundle two physical interfaces to create
an EtherChannel group via LACP?
channel-group 2 mode auto
interface port-channel 2
channel-group 1 mode desirable
interface range GigabitEthernet 0/4 5

19. Refer
to the exhibit. Based on the command output shown, what is the status of
the EtherChannel?

The EtherChannel is dynamic and is using ports Fa0/10 and Fa0/11 as passive ports.
The EtherChannel is down as evidenced by the protocol field being empty.
The EtherChannel is partially functional as indicated by the P flags for the FastEthernet ports.
The EtherChannel is in use and functional as indicated by the SU and P flags in the command output.

Which wireless network topology would be used by network engineers to provide


20. Which wireless network topology would be used by network engineers to provide ADVERTISEMENT

a wireless network for an entire college building?


ad hoc
hotspot
infrastructure
mixed mode

21. In wireless networks what is a disadvantage of using mixed mode on an AP?


Only 802.11n wireless NICs can attach to the AP.
Devices must be closer to the AP due to the limited distance range.
The wireless network operates slower if one device uses an older standard wireless NIC.
No encryption can be used by the AP or by the wireless NIC that is attached to the AP.

22. When would a network engineer configure an access point with channel bonding?
when security is an issue
when more throughput is needed
when older wireless NICs are being used
when trunking is enabled between the access point and switch

23. Whichmethod of wireless authentication is currently considered to be the


strongest?
WEP
WPA
WPA2
open
shared key

24. What is a wireless security mode that requires a RADIUS server to authenticate
wireless users?
enterprise
personal
shared key
WEP

25. Alaptop cannot connect to a wireless access point. Which two troubleshooting
steps should be taken first? (Choose two.)
Ensure that the wireless NIC is enabled.
Ensure that the laptop antenna is attached.
Ensure that the wireless SSID is chosen.
Ensure that the correct network media is selected.
Ensure that the NIC is configured for the proper frequency.

26. Anetwork engineer is troubleshooting a newly deployed wireless network that is


using the latest 802.11 standards. When users access high bandwidth services
such as streaming video, the wireless network performance is poor. To improve
performance the network engineer decides to configure a 5 Ghz frequency band
SSID and train users to use that SSID for streaming media services. Why might
this solution improve the wireless network performance for that type of service?
The 5 GHz band has a greater range and is therefore likely to be interference-free.
Requiring the users to switch to the 5 GHz band for streaming media is inconvenient and will result in fewer Your
users accessing these services.
The 5 GHz band has more channels and is less crowded than the 2.4 GHz band, which makes it more suited to
Domain
Buyyourdomain,
streaming multimedia. andbuildyoursitewith
WordPress.com

The only users that can switch to the 5 GHz band will be those with the latest wireless NICs, which will reduce
The only users that can switch to the 5 GHz band will be those with the latest wireless NICs, which will reduce ADVERTISEMENT
FindYourDomain
usage.

27. Refer
to the exhibit. How did this router learn of the highlighted route in the
routing table?

by entering the router configuration mode command default-information originate


by entering the global configuration mode command ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 interface-type interface-number
by entering the global configuration mode command ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 ip-address
by receiving an update from another OSPF router that is running another routing protocol
by receiving an update from another OSPF router that has the default-information originate command
configured

28. Refer
to the exhibit. What are two consequences of issuing the displayed
commands? (Choose two.)

The routing update information is protected against being falsified.


The routing table of R2 will be secured.
The key is encrypted with the MD5 hashing algorithm.
OSPF routes will get priority over EIGRP routes going into the routing table.
The overhead of OSPF information exchange will reduce.

29. What does an OSPF area contain?


routers that share the same router ID
routers whose SPF trees are identical
routers that have the same link-state information in their LSDBs
routers that share the same process ID

30. Refer to the exhibit. Why are some of the entries marked O IA?

They correspond to entries that are learned from other areas.


They correspond to entries that are learned from other routing protocols.

They represent summary routes that are internal to the area.


They represent summary routes that are internal to the area. ADVERTISEMENT

They are default routes that are learned from other routing protocols.

31. In
which mode is the area area-id range address mask command issued when
multiarea OSPF summarization is being configured?
global configuration mode
router configuration mode
interface configuration mode of area 0 interfaces
interface configuration mode of all participating interfaces

32. Refer
to the exhibit. What two pieces of information could be determined by a
network administrator from this output? (Choose two.)

R1 is participating in multiarea OSPF.


The OSPF process number that is being used is 0.
Interface Fa0/1 is not participating in the OSPF process.
R1 is the distribution point for the routers that are attached to the 10.0.0.4 network.
The metric that will be installed in the routing table for the 10.0.0.0 route will be 65 (64+1).

33. Whichstatement describes the Autonomous System number that is used in


EIGRP?
It defines the reliability of the EIGRP routing protocol.
It identifies the priority of the networks to be included in update packets.
It is associated with the global Autonomous System number that is assigned by IANA.
It specifies the EIGRP routing process on a router.

34. What are two reasons to implement passive interfaces in the EIGRP configuration
of a Cisco router? (Choose two.)
to provide increased network security
to shut down unused interfaces
to avoid unnecessary update traffic
to mitigate attacks coming from the interfaces
to exclude interfaces from load balancing

35. Refer
to the exhibit. A network administrator has issued the show ip eigrp
neighbors command. What can be concluded from the output?

There is no incoming EIGRP message at this moment.


The first EIGRP neighbor R1 learned about has the IP address 10.10.10.2.
An EIGRP neighbor with IP address 10.10.10.14 is connected to R1 via serial interface 0/1/0.
If R1 does not receive a Hello packet in 4 seconds from the neighbor with IP 10.10.10.18, it will declare the
neighbor is down.

36. Refer
to the exhibit. A network administrator issues the show ip protocols
command. Based on the exhibited output, what can be concluded?
ADVERTISEMENT

The EIGRP K values are default values.


R1 receives routes to the network 192.168.1.0/24 and 10.0.0.0/24.
The no auto-summary command is not applied for the EIGRP operation.
Up to 4 routes of different metric values to the same destination network will be included in the routing table.

37. Refer
to the exhibit. Two routers have been configured to use EIGRP. Packets are
not being forwarded between the two routers. What could be the problem?

EIGRP does not support VLSM.


The routers were not configured to monitor neighbor adjacency changes.
The default bandwidth was used on the routers.
An incorrect IP address was configured on a router interface.

38. Whichtwo metric weights are set to one by default when costs in EIGRP are
being calculated? (Choose two.)
k1
k2
k3
k4
k5
k6

39. Whichcommand can be issued on a router to display information about the


successors and feasible successors for a destination network when EIGRP is used
as the routing protocol?
show ip protocols
show ip eigrp topology
show ip eigrp interfaces
show ip eigrp neighbors

40. Refer
to the exhibit. An administrator attempts to configure EIGRP for IPv6 on a
router and receives the error message that is shown. Which command must be
issued by the administrator before EIGRP for IPv6 can be configured?

no shutdown
eigrp router-id 100.100.100.100

ipv6 unicast-routing
ipv6 unicast-routing ADVERTISEMENT

ipv6 eigrp 100


ipv6 cef

41. Anetwork administrator is configuring the authentication for EIGRP routing. The
administrator enters these commands:

R1(config)# key chain THE_KEY


R1(config-keychain)# key 1
R1(config-keychain-key)# key-string key123

What is the next step necessary to enable the authentication for EIGRP routing?
Configure the priority of authentication algorithms to be used.
Configure the authentication on all interfaces that are participating in EIGRP.
Configure an ACL to identify the networks that are participating in EIGRP.
Configure the authentication in the router eigrp as-number configuration mode.

42. Refer to the exhibit. Why did R1 and R2 not establish an adjacency?

The AS number does not match on R1 and R2.


The automatic summarization is enabled on R1 and R2.
The IPv4 address of Fa0/0 interface of R1 has a wrong IP address.
There is no network command for the network 192.168.1.0/24 on R1.

43. Anetwork administrator is troubleshooting the EIGRP routing between two


routers, R1 and R2. The problem is found to be that only some, but not all
networks attached to R1 are listed in the routing table of router R2. What should
the administrator investigate on router R1 to determine the cause of the
problem?
Does the AS number match the AS number on R2?
Does the hello interval setting match the hello interval on R2?
Do the network commands include all the networks to be advertised?
Is the interface connected to R2 configured as a passive interface?

44. Fortroubleshooting missing EIGRP routes on a router, what three types of


information can be collected using the show ip protocols command? (Choose
three.)
any interfaces that are enabled for EIGRP authentication
any interfaces on the router that are configured as passive
the IP addresses that are configured on adjacent routers
any ACLs that are affecting the EIGRP routing process

networks that are unadvertised by the EIGRP routing protocol


networks that are unadvertised by the EIGRP routing protocol ADVERTISEMENT

the local interface that is used to establish an adjacency with EIGRP neighbors

45. Referto the exhibit. The routing table on R2 does not include all networks that
are attached to R1. The network administrator verifies that the network
statement is configured to include these two networks. What is a possible cause
of the issue?

The AS number does not match between R1 and R2.


The network statements should include the wild card mask.
The no auto-summary command is missing in the R1 configuration.
The interfaces that are connected to these two networks are configured as passive interfaces.

46. Whatare three characteristics of the Cisco IOS Software Release 12.4T train?
(Choose three.)
It requires the activation of a license.
It has a number of embedded technology packages.
It is updated with new features and hardware support.
It is derived from the Cisco IOS Software Release 12.4 Mainline train.
It has extended maintenance new feature releases approximately every 16 to 20 months.
It receives regular software fixes that are synchronized with the 12.4 Mainline train.

47. If
a company wants to upgrade a Cisco 2800 router from IOS 12.4T, what IOS
should be recommended for a stable router platform?
12.5T
13.1T
14.0
15.1M

48. Arouter has been removed from the network for maintenance. A new Cisco IOS
software image has been successfully downloaded to a server and copied into the
flash of the router. What should be done before placing the router back into
service?
Back up the new image.
Copy the running configuration to NVRAM.
Delete the previous version of the Cisco IOS software from flash.
Restart the router and verify that the new image starts successfully.

49. Whichstep supports disaster recovery and should be performed first when
upgrading an IOS system image on a Cisco router?
Delete the current image from flash memory.
Delete the current image from flash memory. ADVERTISEMENT

Copy the current image from the router to a TFTP server.


Use the boot system command to configure the router to load the new image.
Configure the router to load the new image from the TFTP server.

50. Referto the exhibit. A network engineer is preparing to upgrade the IOS system
image on a Cisco 2901 router. Based on the output shown, how much space is
available for the new image?

25574400 bytes
249856000 bytes
221896413 bytes
33591768 bytes

51. Thecustomer of a networking company requires VPN connectivity for workers


who must travel frequently. To support the VPN server, the customer router must
be upgraded to a new Cisco IOS software version with the Advanced IP Services
feature set. What should the field engineer do before copying the new IOS to the
router?
Set the router to load the new IOS image file directly from the TFTP server on the next reboot.
Delete the currently installed IOS by using the erase flash: command, and reload the router.
Issue the show running-configuration command to determine the features of the currently installed IOS image
file.
Issue the show version and the show flash commands to ensure that the router has enough memory and file
space to support the new IOS image.

52. Fill
in the blank.
In RSTP, BPDU frames are sent every 2 seconds by default.

53. Fill in the blank.

EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the topology table.

54. Fill in the blank.

By default, EIGRP is able to use up to 50 percent of the bandwidth for


EIGRP messages on an EIGRP-enabled interface.

55. Match the switched LAN problem to the correct symptom. (Not all options are
used.)

56. Match the step number to the sequence of stages that occur during the HSRP
failover process. (Not all options are used.)
ADVERTISEMENT

57. Match each OSPF LSA description with its type. (Not all options are used.)

58. Match
the step sequence to the multiarea OSPF route calculation process. (Not all
options are used.)

59. Open
the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then
answer the question.

Which message was displayed on the web server?


Youve made it!
Congratulations!
Wonderful work!
Work done!

60. Open
the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then
answer the question.

Why are users in the OSPF network not able to access the Internet?
The default route is not redistributed correctly from router R1 by OSPF.
The interface that is connected to the ISP router is down.
The OSPF network statements are misconfigured on routers R2 and R3.
The OSPF timers that are configured on routers R1, R2, and R3 are not compatible.
The network statement is misconfigured on router R1.
ADVERTISEMENT

CCNA 3 v5.02 Answers 2015

ITE Chapter and Final Exam Answer 2015 (100%) Cisco Packet Tracer for Linux Desktop Version 7.0 English

3 thoughts on CCNA 3 Practice Final Exam Answer v5.02 2015 (100%)

Anonymous
December 11, 2015 at 12:06 am - Edit

nice thanks

Jum
December 13, 2016 at 9:00 pm - Edit

R1(config)# router eigrp 100


R1(config-router)#no auto-summarY
Ditto for r2

Jum
December 13, 2016 at 9:19 pm - Edit

59 commands

R1(config)# router eigrp 100


R1(config-router)#no auto-summary

Ditto for r2

Add Comment

Comment

Name (required) Email (required) Website (optional)

Time limit is exhausted. Please reload CAPTCHA.

eight = forty eight


POST COMMENT
ADVERTISEMENT

CATEGORIES LINK ADVERTISEMENT

CCNA 1 V5.02 Slither.io AdChoices

CCNA 2 V5.02 QuestionsandAnswers

CCNA 3 V5.02 ONLINE AccessWiFiRouter

CCNA 4 V5.02

ITE v5.02 Exam 2015 100%

Packet Tracer

Powered by WordPress Designed by Theme Junkie


HOME CCNA v6.0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Final Exam Answers v5.02 + v5.03 2016

Call Reporting, Call Recording


Call Recording and Call Center Displays. CDR
on Cisco and UCCX.

CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Final Exam Answers v5.02 + v5.032016

Take Assessment Download PDF


1

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is attempting to upgrade the IOS system image on a
Cisco 2901 router. After the new image has been downloaded and copied to the TFTP server, what
command should be issued on the router before the IOS system image is upgraded on the router?

ping 10.10.10.1
dir ash:
ping 10.10.10.2*
copy tftp: ash0:

2.

Fill in the blank.

The backbone area interconnects with all other OSPF area types.

3
Which address is used by an IPv6 EIGRP router as the source for hello messages?

the interface IPv6 link-local address*


the 32-bit router ID
the all-EIGRP-routers multicast address
the IPv6 global unicast address that is con gured on the interface

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator issues the show ipv6 eigrp neighbors command.
Which conclusion can be drawn based on the output?

The link-local addresses of neighbor routers interfaces are con gured manually.*
If R1 does not receive a hello packet from the neighbor with the link-local address FE80::5 in 2 seconds, it
will declare the neighbor router is down.
R1 has two neighbors. They connect to R1 through their S0/0/0 and S0/0/1 interfaces.
The neighbor with the link-local address FE80::5 is the rst EIGRP neighbor that is learned by R1.

5
Refer to the exhibit. Which two conclusions can be derived from the output? (Choose two.)

The network 192.168.10.8/30 can be reached through 192.168.11.1.


The reported distance to network 192.168.1.0/24 is 41024256.
Router R1 has two successors to the 172.16.3.0/24 network.
There is one feasible successor to network 192.168.1.8/30.*
The neighbor 172.16.6.1 meets the feasibility condition to reach the 192.168.1.0/24 network.*

Refer to the exhibit. An administrator attempts to con gure EIGRP for IPv6 on a router and receives
the error message that is shown. Which command must be issued by the administrator before
EIGRP for IPv6 can be con gured?

eigrp router-id 100.100.100.100


no shutdown
ipv6 eigrp 100
ipv6 cef
ipv6 unicast-routing*

7
What two conditions have to be met in order to form a cluster that includes 5 access points?
(Choose two.)

The APs must use di erent cluster names.


The APs must all be con gured to use di erent radio modes.
At least two controllers are needed to form the cluster.
The APs have to be connected on the same network segment.*
Clustering mode must be enabled on the APs.*

8
Which technological factor determines the impact of a failure domain?

the forwarding rate of the switches used on the access layer


the number of layers of the hierarchical network
the role of the malfunctioning device*
the number of users on the access layer

9
Which mode con guration setting would allow formation of an EtherChannel link between
switches SW1 and SW2 without sending negotiation tra c?

SW1: desirable
SW2: desirable

SW1: passive
SW2: active

SW1: on
SW2: on*

SW1: auto
SW2: auto
trunking enabled on both switches

SW1: auto
SW2: auto
PortFast enabled on both switches

10
In a large enterprise network, which two functions are performed by routers at the distribution
layer? (Choose two.)

provide Power over Ethernet to devices


provide a high-speed network backbone
connect remote networks*
connect users to the network
provide data tra c security*

11
A network engineer is implementing security on all company routers. Which two commands must
be issued to force authentication via the password 1C34dE for all OSPF-enabled interfaces in the
backbone area of the company network? (Choose two.)
area 0 authentication message-digest*
ip ospf message-digest-key 1 md5 1C34dE*
username OSPF password 1C34dE
enable password 1C34dE
area 1 authentication message-digest

12
When does an OSPF router become an ABR?

when the router is con gured as an ABR by the network administrator


when the router has interfaces in di erent areas*
when the router has an OSPF priority of 0
when the router has the highest router ID

13
Which characteristic would most in uence a network design engineer to select a multilayer switch
over a Layer 2 switch?

ability to have multiple forwarding paths through the switched network based on VLAN number(s)
ability to aggregate multiple ports for maximum data throughput
ability to build a routing table*
ability to provide power to directly-attached devices and the switch itself

14
A network designer is considering whether to implement a switch block on the company network.
What is the primary advantage of deploying a switch block?

A single core router provides all the routing between VLANs.


This is network application software that prevents the failure of a single network device.
The failure of a switch block will not impact all end users.*
This is a security feature that is available on all new Catalyst switches.

15

A network administrator enters thespanning-tree portfast bpduguard defaultcommand. What is


the result of this command being issued on a Cisco switch?

Any switch port will be error-disabled if it receives a BPDU.


Any switch port that has been con gured with PortFast will be error-disabled if it receives a BPDU.*
Any trunk ports will be allowed to connect to the network immediately, rather than waiting to converge.
Any switch port that receives a BPDU will ignore the BPDU message.

16
What are two di erences between the Cisco IOS 12 and IOS 15 versions? (Choose two.)

Every Cisco ISR G2 platform router includes a universal image in the IOS 12 versions, but not the IOS 15
versions.
The IOS version 15 license key is unique to each device, whereas the IOS version 12 license key is
not device speci c.*
The IOS 12 version has two trains that occur simultaneously, whereas the IOS 15 version still has two
trains, but the versions occur in a single sequential order.
The IOS 12 version has commands that are not available in the 15 version.
IOS version 12.4(20)T1 is a mainline release, whereas IOS version 15.1(1)T1 is a new feature release.*

17

Refer to the exhibit. What are two results of issuing the displayed commands on S1, S2, and S3?
(Choose two.)

S3 can be elected as a secondary bridge.


S2 can become root bridge if S3 fails.
S1 will automatically adjust the priority to be the lowest.*
S2 can become root bridge if S1 fails.*
S1 will automatically adjust the priority to be the highest.

18
A remote classroom can successfully access video-intensive streaming lectures via wired
computers. However, when an 802.11n wireless access point is installed and used with 25 wireless
laptops to access the same lectures, poor audio and video quality is experienced. Which wireless
solution would improve the performance for the laptops?

Upgrade the access point to one that can route.


Decrease the power of the wireless transmitter.
Adjust the wireless NICs in the laptops to operate at 10GHz to be compatible with 802.11n.
Add another access point.*

19
A network engineer is troubleshooting a single-area OSPFv3 implementation across routers R1, R2,
and R3. During the veri cation of the implementation, it is noted that the routing tables on R1 and
R2 do not include the entry for a remote LAN on R3. Examination of R3 shows the following:

that all interfaces have correct addressing


that the routing process has been globally con gured
that correct router adjacencies have formed
What additional action taken on R3 could solve the problem?
Force DR/BDR elections to occur where required.
Use the network command to con gure the LAN network under the global routing process.
Enable the OSPFv3 routing process on the interface connected to the remote LAN.*
Restart the OPSFv3 routing process.

20
When should EIGRP automatic summarization be turned o ?

when a network addressing scheme uses VLSM


when a router has more than three active interfaces
when a network contains discontiguous network addresses*
when a router has less than ve active interfaces
when a router has not discovered a neighbor within three minutes

21
When will a router that is running EIGRP put a destination network in the active state?

when the EIGRP domain is converged


when there is outgoing tra c toward the destination network
when the connection to the successor of the destination network fails and there is no feasible
successor available*
when there is an EIGRP message from the successor of the destination network

22
Which action should be taken when planning for redundancy on a hierarchical network design?

add alternate physical paths for data to traverse the network


continually purchase backup equipment for the network*
immediately replace a non-functioning module, service or device on a network
implement STP portfast between the switches on the network

23
Fill in the blank. Use the acronym.
Which encryption protocol is used by the WPA2 shared key authentication technique? AES

24
Refer to the exhibit. When the show ip ospf neighbor command is given from the R1# prompt, no
output is shown. However, when the show ip interface brief command is given, all interfaces are
showing up and up. What is the most likely problem?

R1 has not sent a default route down to R2 by using the default-information originate command.
R2 has not brought the S0/0/1 interface up yet.
R1 or R2 does not have a network statement for the 172.16.100.0 network.*
The ISP has not con gured a static route for the ABC Company yet.
R1 or R2 does not have a loopback interface that is con gured yet.

25

Refer to the exhibit. If router B is to be con gured for EIGRP AS 100, which con guration must be
entered?
B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3
B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.8 0.0.0.3
B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.64 0.0.0.63
B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.128 0.0.0.63
B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.192 0.0.0.63

B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.4 255.255.255.248


B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.8 255.255.255.248
B(con g-router)#network 192.168.10.128 255.255.255.192

B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0

B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.0 0.0.0.255

B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3


B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.8 0.0.0.3
B(con g-router)#network 192.168.10.128 0.0.0.63*

B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.4 0.0.0.3


B(con g-router)# network 192.168.10.8 0.0.0.3

26

Refer to the exhibit. A network technician is troubleshooting missing OSPFv3 routes on a router.
What is the cause of the problem based on the command output?

The local router has formed complete neighbor adjacencies, but must be in a 2WAY state for the router
databases to be fully synchronized.
The neighbor IDs are incorrect. The interfaces must use only IPv6 addresses to ensure fully synchronized
routing databases.
The dead time must be higher than 30 for all routers to form neighbor adjacencies.
There is a problem with the OSPFv3 adjacency between the local router and the router that is using
the neighbor ID 2.2.2.2.*

27
Refer to the exhibit. Which two conclusions can be drawn from the output? (Choose two.)

The bundle is fully operational.


The port channel is a Layer 3 channel.
The EtherChannel is down.*
The port channel ID is 2.*
The load-balancing method used is source port to destination port.

28

Refer to the exhibit. Based on the command output shown, what is the status of the EtherChannel?

The EtherChannel is dynamic and is using ports Fa0/10 and Fa0/11 as passive ports.
The EtherChannel is in use and functional as indicated by the SU and P ags in the command
output.*
The EtherChannel is down as evidenced by the protocol eld being empty.
The EtherChannel is partially functional as indicated by the P ags for the FastEthernet ports.

29
A network engineer is con guring a LAN with a redundant rst hop to make better use of the
available network resources. Which protocol should the engineer implement?

FHRP
VRRP
GLBP*
HSRP

30
Users on an IEEE 801.11n network are complaining of slow speeds. The network administrator
checks the AP and veri es it is operating properly. What can be done to improve the wireless
performance in the network?

Split the wireless tra c between the 802.11n 2.4 GHz band and the 5 GHz band.*
Set the AP to mixed mode.
Change the authentication method on the AP.
Switch to an 802.11g AP.

31
A network administrator is troubleshooting slow performance in a Layer 2 switched network. Upon
examining the IP header, the administrator notices that the TTL value is not decreasing. Why is the
TTL value not decreasing?

This is the normal behavior for a Layer 2 network.*


The VLAN database is corrupt.
The MAC address table is full.
The inbound interface is set for half duplex.

32
What is a wireless modulation technique used by 802.11 WLAN standards that can implement
MIMO?

FHSS
OFDM*
BSS
DSSS

33
Which technology is an open protocol standard that allows switches to automatically bundle
physical ports into a single logical link?

Multilink PPP
PAgP
DTP
LACP*

34
A set of switches is being connected in a LAN topology. Which STP bridge priority value will make it
least likely for the switch to be selected as the root?

32768
4096
65535
61440*

35
Which wireless network topology is being con gured by a technician who is installing a keyboard, a
mouse, and headphones, each of which uses Bluetooth?

ad hoc mode*
hotspot
mixed mode
infrastructure mode

36

Refer to the exhibit. Which route or routes will be advertised to the router ISP if
autosummarization is enabled?
10.0.0.0/8*

10.1.0.0/16

10.1.0.0/28

10.1.1.0/24
10.1.2.0/24
10.1.3.0/24
10.1.4.0/28

37
When are EIGRP update packets sent?

only when necessary*


every 30 seconds via broadcast
every 5 seconds via multicast
when learned routes age out

38
Which requirement should be checked before a network administrator performs an IOS image
upgrade on a router?

The old IOS image le has been deleted.


The FTP server is operational.
There is su cient space in ash memory.*
The desired IOS image le has been downloaded to the router.

39
What method of wireless authentication is dependent on a RADIUS authentication server?

WPA Personal
WEP
WPA2 Enterprise*
WPA2 Personal

40
A network administrator wants to verify the default delay values for the interfaces on an EIGRP-
enabled router. Which command will display these values?

show running-con g
show interfaces*
show ip protocols
show ip route

41
A network administrator in a branch o ce is con guring EIGRP authentication between the branch
o ce router and the headquarters o ce router. Which security credential is needed for the
authentication process?

a randomly generated key with the crypto key generate rsa command
a common key con gured with the key-string command inside a key chain*
the username and password con gured on the headquarters o ce router
the hostname of the headquarters o ce router and a common password

42

Refer to the exhibit. Interface FastEthernet 0/1 on S1 is connected to Interface FastEthernet 0/1 on
S2, and Interface FastEthernet 0/2 on S1 is connected to Interface FastEthernet 0/2 on S2. What are
two errors in the present EtherChannel con gurations? (Choose two.)

Desirable mode is not compatible with on mode.


The trunk mode is not allowed for EtherChannel bundles.
Two auto modes cannot form a bundle.*
The channel group is inconsistent.*
The interface port channel ID should be di erent in both switches.

43
Which port role is assigned to the switch port that has the lowest cost to reach the root bridge?

disabled port
root port*
designated port
non-designated port

44
What are two features of OSPF interarea route summarization? (Choose two.)

ASBRs perform all OSPF summarization.


Routes within an area are summarized by the ABR.*
Route summarization results in high network tra c and router overhead.
ABRs advertise the summarized routes into the backbone.*
Type 3 and type 5 LSAs are used to propagate summarized routes.

45

Launch PT Hide and Save PT

Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the question.

Which message was displayed on the web server?

Work done!
Congratulations!
Wonderful work!
Youve made it!*

46

Refer to the exhibit. What two pieces of information could be determined by a network
administrator from this output? (Choose two.)

The metric that will be installed in the routing table for the 10.0.0.0 route will be 65 (64+1).
Interface Fa0/1 is not participating in the OSPF process.
R1 is the distribution point for the routers that are attached to the 10.0.0.4 network.*
R1 is participating in multiarea OSPF.*
The OSPF process number that is being used is 0.

47. Match the CLI command prompt with the command or response entered when backing up a
Release 15 IOS image to an IPv6 TFTP server. (Not all options are used.)
RouterA# -> copy ash0:tftp:

Source Filename? -> C1900-universalk9-m.SPA.152-4.M3.bin

Address or name of remote host ->2001:DB8:CAFE:100::9

48
A network administrator has con gured an EtherChannel between two switches that are
connected via four trunk links. If the physical interface for one of the trunk links changes to a
down state, what happens to the EtherChannel?

Spanning Tree Protocol will recalculate the remaining trunk links.


The EtherChannel will remain functional.*
The EtherChannel will transition to a down state.
Spanning Tree Protocol will transition the failed physical interface into forwarding mode.

49.
Refer to the exhibit. Which destination MAC address is used when frames are sent from the
workstation to the default gateway?

MAC addresses of both the forwarding and standby routers


MAC address of the standby router
MAC address of the virtual router*
MAC address of the forwarding router

50

Refer to the exhibit. A company has migrated from single area OSPF to multiarea. However, none of
the users from network 192.168.1.0/24 in the new area can be reached by anyone in the Branch1
o ce. From the output in the exhibit, what is the problem?

There are no interarea routes in the routing table for network 192.168.1.0.*
The OSPF routing process is inactive.
The router has not established any adjacencies with other OSPF routers.
The link to the new area is down.
51
What are two requirements when using out-of-band con guration of a Cisco IOS network device?
(Choose two.)

Telnet or SSH access to the device


a connection to an operational network interface on the device
a direct connection to the console or AUX port*
a terminal emulation client*
HTTP access to the device

52
For troubleshooting missing EIGRP routes on a router, what three types of information can be
collected using the show ip protocols command? (Choose three.)

any interfaces on the router that are con gured as passive*


any ACLs that are a ecting the EIGRP routing process*
any interfaces that are enabled for EIGRP authentication
networks that are unadvertised by the EIGRP routing protocol*
the local interface that is used to establish an adjacency with EIGRP neighbors
the IP addresses that are con gured on adjacent routers

53
What are two requirements to be able to con gure an EtherChannel between two switches?
(Choose two.)

All the interfaces need to work at the same speed.*


All interfaces need to be assigned to di erent VLANs.
The interfaces that are involved need to be contiguous on the switch.
All the interfaces need to be working in the same duplex mode.*
Di erent allowed ranges of VLANs must exist on each end.

54. Match each OSPF LSA description with its type.(Not all options are used.)
This type of LSA exists in multi-access & non-broadcast multi-access networks w/DR => TYPE 2 LSA
This type of LSA describes routes to networks outside of the OSPF AS => TYPE 5 LSA
This type of LSA is ooded only within the area which it originated => TYPE 1 LSA
This type of LSA is used by ABR to advertise networks from other areas => TYPE 3 LSA

55
At a local college, students are allowed to connect to the wireless network without using a
password. Which mode is the access point using?

network
shared-key
open*
passive

56
What are three access layer switch features that are considered when designing a network?
(Choose three.)

broadcast tra c containment


forwarding rate***
failover capability
Power over Ethernet***
speed of convergence
port density***

57
Refer to the exhibit. What can be concluded about network 192.168.1.0 in the R2 routing table?

This network has been learned from an internal router within the same area.
This network was learned through summary LSAs from an ABR.*
This network is directly connected to the interface GigabitEthernet0/0.
This network should be used to forward tra c toward external networks.

58
Which two statements are correct about EIGRP acknowledgment packets? (Choose two.)

The packets are sent as unicast.*


The packets are unreliable.*
The packets are used to discover neighbors that are connected on an interface.
The packets require con rmation.
The packets are sent in response to hello packets.

59
An STP instance has failed and frames are ooding the network. What action should be taken by
the network administrator?

Broadcast tra c should be investigated and eliminated from the network.


Spanning tree should be disabled for that STP instance until the problem is located.
Redundant links should be physically removed until the STP instance is repaired.*
A response from the network administrator is not required because the TTL eld will eventually stop the
frames from ooding the network.

60
A network administrator issues the commandR1(con g)# license boot module c1900 technology-
package securityk9on a router. What is the e ect of this command?

The IOS will prompt the user to provide a UDI in order to activate the license.
The IOS will prompt the user to reboot the router.
The features in the Security package are available immediately.
The Evaluation Right-To-Use license for the Security technology package is activated.*
61
A router has been removed from the network for maintenance. A new Cisco IOS software image
has been successfully downloaded to a server and copied into the ash of the router. What should
be done before placing the router back into service?

Delete the previous version of the Cisco IOS software from ash.
Copy the running con guration to NVRAM.
Back up the new image.
Restart the router and verify that the new image starts successfully.*

62
What are the two methods that are used by a wireless NIC to discover an AP? (Choose two.)

receiving a broadcast beacon frame*


delivering a broadcast frame
transmitting a probe request*
sending an ARP request
initiating a three-way handshak

63

Refer to the exhibit. Why did R1 and R2 not establish ad adjacency?

The link-local address must be the same on both routers.

The AS number must be the same on R1 and R2.*

R1 S0/0/0 and R2 S0/0/0 are on di erent networks.


The no shutdown command is misapplied on both routers.

The router ID must be the same on both routers.

64. Refer to the exhibit. Match the description to the corresponding value used by the DUAL
FSM.(Not all options are used.)

feasible distance to 192.168.11.64 => 660110


new successor to network 192.168.1.0 => 192.168.3.1
destination network => 192.168.11.64

NEW QUESTIONS

65
Refer to the exhibit. Router CiscoVille has been partially con gured for EIGRP authentication. What
is missing that would allow successful authentication between EIGRP neighbors?

The interfaces that will use EIGRP authentication must be speci ed.

The CiscoVIlle router requires a second keychain to function correctly when using two interfaces for EIGRP
authentication.

The same key number must be used on any EIGRP neighbor routers.

The keychain for EIGRP authentication must be con gured on the interfaces.*

66 Which Cisco IOS Software Release 15.0 technology pack is shipped with a permanent license on
all Cisco ISR G2 devices?

IPBase*

DATA

Uni ed Communications

Security

Newquestions:

67. By default, how many equal cost routes to the same destination can be installed in the routing
table of a Cisco router?
2
4***
16
32

=======================
68. What are two reasons to implement passive interfaces in the EIGRP con guration of a Cisco
router? (Choose two.)
193
to
Shares provide increased network security ***

to shut down unused interfaces


193
to exclude interfaces from load balancing

to mitigate attacks coming from the interfaces

to avoid unnecessary update tra c ***

=======================================
69. What is a di erence between the Cisco IOS 12 and IOS 15 versions?

The IOS 12 version has commands that are not available in the 15 version.

IOS version 12.4(20)T1 is a mainline release, whereas IOS version 15.1(1)T1 is a new feature release.*

The IOS version 15 license key is unique to each device, whereas the IOS version 12 license key is not
device speci c.

Every Cisco ISR G2 platform router includes a universal image in the IOS 12 versions, but not the IOS 15
versions.

=======================================

70. Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.


The spanning-tree mode rapid-pvst global con guration command is used to enable Rapid PVST+.

=======================================

71. A WLAN user wants to allocate an optimal amount of bandwidth to a speci c online game. What
is a Linksys Smart Wi-Fi tool that will allow the user to do this?

Widgets

Speed Test

Media Prioritization

Bandwidth Prioritization*

=======================================

72. When a Cisco router is con gured with fast-switching, how are packets distributed over equal-
cost paths?

on a per-path-load basis

on a per-destination basis*

on a per-interface basis

on a per-packet basis

=======================================

73. A network administrator is analyzing rst-hop router redundancy protocols. What is a


characteristic of VRRPv3?

VRRPv3 is Cisco proprietary.

It supports IPv6 and IPv4 addressing.*


It allows load balancing between routers.

It works together with HSRP.

=======================================

74. Which two channel group modes would place an interface in a negotiating state using PAgP?
(Choose two.)
auto *
desirable *
on
passive
active

=======================================
75. What is the purpose of the Cisco PAK?
It is a proprietary encryption algorithm.
It is a compression le type used when installing IOS 15 or an IOS upgrade.
It is a way to compress an existing IOS so that a newer IOS version can be co-installed on a router.
It is a key for enabling an IOS feature set.*

=======================================
76. What two license states would be expected on a new Cisco router once the license has been
activated? (Choose two.)
License State: On
License State: Active, Registered
License Type: Permanent *
License Type: ipbasek9
License Type: Temporary
License State: Active, In Use *

=======================================
77. If a company wants to upgrade a Cisco 2800 router from IOS 12.4T, what IOS should be
recommended for a stable router platform?
13.1T
12.5T
15.1M *
14.0

=======================================
78. Fill in the blank.
EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the topology table.

=======================================
79. A network engineer is troubleshooting a newly deployed wireless network that is using the
latest 802.11 standards. When users access high bandwidth services such as streaming video, the
wireless network performance is poor. To improve performance the network engineer decides to
con gure a 5 Ghz frequency band SSID and train users to use that SSID for streaming media
services. Why might this solution improve the wireless network performance for that type of
service?
Requiring the users to switch to the 5 GHz band for streaming media is inconvenient and will result in
fewer users accessing these services.
The 5 GHz band has a greater range and is therefore likely to be interference-free.
The 5 GHz band has more channels and is less crowded than the 2.4 GHz band, which makes it more
suited to streaming multimedia. *
The only users that can switch to the 5 GHz band will be those with the latest wireless NICs, which will
reduce usage.

Feel free to correct me if Im wrong.

NEW QUESTIONS2015/02/05

80. What type of OSPF IPv4 route is indicated by a route table entry descriptor of O E1?
an intra-area route that is advertised by the DR
a summary route that is advertised by an ABR
a directly connected route that is associated with an Ethernet interface
an external route that is advertised by an ASBR*

81. Which type of OSPF LSA represents an external route and is propagated across the entire OSPF
domain?
type 1
type 2
type 3
type 4
type 5*

82. A network administrator is analyzing the features that are supported by di erent rst-hop
router redundancy protocols. Which statement is a feature that is associated with GLBP?
It uses a virtual router master.
GLBP allows load balancing between routers.*
It works together with VRRP.
It is nonproprietary.

83. A network administrator is analyzing the features that are supported by di erent rst-hop
router redundancy protocols. Which statement describes a feature that is associated with HSRP?
HSRP uses active and standby routers.*
HSRP is nonproprietary.
It uses ICMP messages in order to assign the default gateway to hosts.
It allows load balancing between a group of redundant routers.

84. What is the purpose of a Cisco IOS 15 EM release?


It speci es advanced IP services features such as advanced security and service provider packages.

It provides regular bug x maintenance rebuilds, plus critical x support for network-a ecting bugs.

It is used for long-term maintenance, enabling customers to qualify, deploy, and remain on the
release for an extended period.*

It provides premium packages and enables additional IOS software feature combinations that address
more complex network requirements.

85. A network administrator is analyzing rst -hop router redundancy protocols.What is


characteristic of VRRPv3.
characteristics of VRRPV3:
INTEROPERABILITY IN MULTI-VENDOR ENVIRONMENTS*
VRRPv3 SUPPORTS USAGE OF IPv4 and IPv6*
IMPROVE SCALABILITY THROUGH USE OF VRRS PATHWAYS*
so judging from the options given it will be supports both IPv6 and IPv4 addressing

86. What are two methods to make the OSPF routing protocol more secure? (Choose two.)
Use only OSPFv3.
Use MD5 authentication. *
When feasible, create a VPN tunnel between each OSPF neighbor adjacency.
Use the enable secret command.
Use the passive-interface command on LAN interfaces that are connected only to end-user
devices.*

87. Which function is provided by EtherChannel?


enabling tra c from multiple VLANs to travel over a single Layer 2 link
dividing the bandwidth of a single link into separate time slots
creating one logical link by using multiple physical links between two LAN switches *
spreading tra c across multiple physical WAN links

New question 21.02.2015

88.Which two parameters does EIGRP use by default to calculate the best path? (Choose two.)
transmit and receive load
delay*
MTU
bandwidth*
reliability

New question 21.02.2015

89. Which wireless encryption method is the most secure?


WPA
WPA2 with AES *
WPA2 with TKIP
WEP

90. What occurs when authentication is con gured on an EIGRP router?


After EIGRP authentication has been con gured, the router must be rebooted to be able to reestablish
adjacencies.
If adjacencies are displayed after the use of the show ipv6 eigrp neighbors command, then EIGRP
authentication was successful.*
Only one router is required to be con gured for EIGRP authentication.
If only one router has been con gured for EIGRP authentication, any prior adjacencies will remain intact.

New question Mar 21, 2015

91. An administrator issues the router eigrp 100 command on a router. What is the number 100
used for?

as the maximum bandwidth of the fastest interface on the router


as the autonomous system number*
as the length of time this router will wait to hear hello packets from a neighbor
as the number of neighbors supported by this router

New question Apr 14, 2015


92. Refer to the exhibit. What are the possible port roles for ports A, B, C, and D in this RSTP-
enabled network?

alternate, root, designated, root

designated, root, alternate, root

alternate, designated, root, root*

designated, alternate, root, root

93.
Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is con guring PVST+ for the three switches.

What will be a result of entering these commands?

S2 will set the priority value for VLAN 10 to 24576

S1 will set the priority value for VLAN 20 to 24596

S3 will set the priority value for VLAN 30 to 8192*

S1 will set the priority value for VLAN 10 to 0

94. What are two drawbacks to turning spanning tree o and having multiple paths through the
Layer 2 switch network? (Choose two.)

Broadcast frames are transmitted inde nitely.*

Port security shuts down all of the port that attached devices.

The switch acts like a hub.

The Mac address table becomes unstable.*

Port security becomes unstable.

95. Which two conditions should the network administrator verify before attempting to upgrade a
Cisco IOS image using a TFTP server? (Choose two.)
Verify connectivity between the router and TFTP server using the ping command.*
Verify that there is enough ash memory for the new Cisco IOS image using the show ash
command.*
Verify the name of the TFTP server using the show hosts command.
Verify that the TFTP server is running using the tftpdnld command.
Verify that the checksum for the image is valid using the show version command.

96. An EIGRP router loses the route to a network. Its topology table contains two feasible
successors to the same network. What action will the router take?
The router will query neighbors for an alternate route.
The router uses the default route.
The DUAL algorithm is recomputed to nd an alternate route.
The best alternative backup route is immediately inserted into the routing table.*

May 6, 2015

97. What is the function of STP in a scalable network?


It combines multiple switch trunk links to act as one logical link for increased bandwidth.
It decreases the size of the failure domain to contain the impact of failures.
It protects the edge of the enterprise network from malicious activity.
It disables redundant paths to eliminate Layer 2 loops.*

98. Refer to the exhibit. Which switch will be the root bridge after the election process is complete?
S1
S2*
S3
S4

99.

Match the OSPF router type description with its name

Internal routers:
Routers that have all their interfaces in the same area and have identical LSDBs.

Area border routers:


All the routers of this type maintain separate LSDBs for each area to which they connect.

Autonomous System Boundary Routers:


Routers that have at least one interface attached to an external internetwork (another autonomous
system), such as a non-OSPF network.

08 May 2015
100. What is a requirement to con gure a trunking EtherChannel between two switches?

The participating interfaces must be on the same module on a switch.

The participating interfaces must be physically contiguous on a switch.

The participating interfaces must be assigned the same VLAN number on both switches.*

The allowed range of VLANs must be the same on both switches.

101. What should be installed on a Cisco router as a prerequisite for installing the Data, Security,
and Uni ed Communications licenses in IOS 15?

the IP Base license*

the Cisco License Manager

the Enterprise Services package

the Enterprise Base license

NEW QUESTIONS

102.After implementing an IPv6 network, the administrator notices that the OSPFv3 process is not
starting on the routers. What could be the problem?

No router IDs are con gured on the routers.***


Authentication was not implemented between the routers.
The routers were not con gured with the network command.
The routers are con gured with the default priority.

103.Which statement describes the load balancing behavior of EIGRP?

EIGRP for IPv6 supports unequal cost load balancing, but EIGRP for IPv4 does not.
EIGRP for IPv4 supports unequal cost load balancing, but EIGRP for IPv6 does not.
Neither EIGRP for IPv4 nor EIGRP for IPv6 support unequal cost load balancing.
Both EIGRP for IPv4 and EIGRP for IPv6 support unequal cost load balancing.***

Please con rm whether or not the answers are correct.

104. What is the purpose of the Cisco License Manager?

It is a free software application that helps network administrators rapidly deploy multiple Cisco
software licenses across their networks. *

It is software that provides the Product Activation Key for the license and important information regarding
the Cisco End User License Agreement.

It is software that comes pre-installed with the software image and contains licenses for the customer-
speci ed packages and features.

It is a web-based portal for getting and registering individual software licenses.


105. While attending a conference, participants are using laptops for network connectivity. When a
guest speaker attempts to connect to the network, the laptop fails to display any available wireless
networks. The access point is probably operating in which mode?

passive*

mixed

open

active

106.Refer to the exhibit and the following error message from the SwB switch.

00:22:43: %SPANTREE-7-RECV_1Q_NON_TRUNK: Received 802.1Q BPDU on non trunk FastEthernet0/1


VLAN1.
00:22:43: %SPANTREE-7-BLOCK_PORT_TYPE: Blocking FastEthernet0/1 on VLAN0001. Inconsistent
port type.

Considering that the link between the two switches is good and the correct type, what could cause
this error message?

The SwA port has IEEE 802.1Q trunking enabled and the SwB port has ISL trunking enabled.

The SwA port is con gured as a trunk port and the SwB port is con gured as an access port.*

The Spanning Tree Protocol has been disabled on both switches.

The Spanning Tree Protocol has been disabled on one switch.

The IEEE 802.1Q trunking port has a speed mismatch on one of the switches.

107. Which statement describes a characteristic of OSPF external routes?

Type 1 and type 2 external routes in IPv4 networks are represented in the routing table by EX1 and EX2,
respectively.

The cost of a type 1 route is always the external cost, regardless of the interior cost to reach that route.

A type 2 route is always preferred over a type 1 route for the same destination.

The di erence between type 1 and type 2 is in the way the cost of the route is being calculated.*

108. A network administrator is designing a wireless network for a new school building. The
wireless network is for students using their own mobile devices. The network administrator wants
to provide the most throughput possible even if the throughput is reduced by students using older
devices. Which technology would be best in this situation?

802.11g*
802.11ac

802.11n

802.11ad

109. A company has deployed four 48-port access layer switches to a switch bock. For redundancy
each access layer switch will connect to two distribution layer switches. Additionally, link
aggregation will be used to combine 10 Gbps interfaces to form 20 Gbps trunk links form the access
layer switches to the distribution layer switches. How many switch ports on the access layer
switches will be available in the switch block to support end devices?
176
184*
188
192

110.

Refer to the exhibit. Routers R1 and R2 are directly connected via their serial interfaces and are
both running the EIGRP routing protocol. R1 and R2 can ping the directly connected serial interface
of their neighbor, but they cannot form an EIGRP neighbor adjacency.

What action should be taken to solve this problem?

Con gure EIGRP to send periodic updates.

Con gure the same hello interval between the routers.

Con gure both routers with the same EIGRP process ID.*

Enable the serial interfaces of both routers.

111. What is a feature of the OSPF routing protocol?


OSPF authentication is con gured in the same way on IPV4 and IPV6 networks

The SPF algorithm chooses the best path based on 30-second updates

Routers can be grouped into autonomous systems to support a hierarchical system.

It scales well in both small and large networks. *

112. Refer to the exhibit. If the switch has been con gured for PVST+ mode, what command output
would replace the question marks?

pvst

pvst+

rstp

ieee

Take Assessment Download PDF

AdvertisingThat CCNA2R&S: CallRecordingon CCNA3v5.0SN


WorksGoogle Routingand Cisco PretestExam
AdWords Switching... Answers2014
Ad google.ca ccna5.net Ad Xima Software ccna5.net

CCNPPractice CCNA3Chapter1 CCNA2Chapter8 CCNA2v6.0Final


Tests v5ExamAnswers v5ExamAnswers ExamAnswers
2016 2016 OptionC100
Ad www.simulationexams.com ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

50 December 8, 2013by CCNA5.NETin answers ccna ccna 3 exam na v5.0

CCNA 3 R&S: Scaling Networks Final Exam Answers

ccna exam answers ccna routing and switching


CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching, CCNA v5.0 ccna v5.0 ccna3 v5 nal exam cisco
Final Exams Cisco IT Essentials v5.0 exam Exam Answers

exam nal ccna 3 version 5.0

examen nal ccna 3 v5.0

Comments

Matthew December 17, 2013 Reply

Thank you Please post CCNA 4

Ales December 24, 2013


thanks please post ccna 4 v5 network connection

ciscoit March 19, 2015


Guys here u are NEW questions with relative correct answers!

-Which technological factor determines the impact of a failure domain?

the role of the malfunctioning device

-Refer to the exhibit. What two pieces of information could be determined by a


network administrator from this output? (Choose two.)

R1 is participating in multiarea OSPF.


R1 is the distribution point for the routers that are attached to the 10.0.0.4
network.

-A router has been removed from the network for maintenance. A new Cisco IOS
software image has been successfully downloaded to a server and copied into
the ash of the router. What should be done before placing the router back into
service?
Restart the router and verify that the new image starts successfully.

-hsrp failover process


Place the options in the following order:
Step 4
not scored
Step 3
Step 1
Step 2

kiuh December 19, 2013 Reply

I think this is incorect, the corect answers will be

What are three access layer switch features that are considered when designing a network?
(Choose three.)

broadcast tra c containment


forwarding rate***
failover capability
Power over Ethernet***
speed of convergence
port density***

juan January 25, 2014 Reply

does anybody has RSE Practice Skills Assessment PT ccna 3 v 5.O ???

ahmed January 27, 2014 Reply

i think this is the correct choice

48
A network administrator has con gured an EtherChannel between two switches that are
connected via four trunk links. If the physical interface for one of the trunk links changes to a
down state, what happens to the EtherChannel?

Spanning Tree Protocol will recalculate the remaining trunk links.


The EtherChannel will remain functional***********.
The EtherChannel will transition to a down state.
Spanning Tree Protocol will transition the failed physical interface into forwarding mode.

feanor February 21, 2014 Reply

Indeed, is there any chance that the packet tracer exam for CCNA 3 v. 5.0 would be uploaded
here?
david March 19, 2014 Reply

I found some errors, in details:


-
22
Which action should be taken when planning for redundancy on a hierarchical network
design?

add alternate physical paths for data to traverse the network


continually purchase backup equipment for the network*
immediately replace a non-functioning module, service or device on a network
implement STP portfast between the switches on the network

I think this is wrong. The Cisco notes give 2 idea when you plan for redundancy: alternate
paths and installing duplicate network equipments (which is de nitely NOT equal with
backup equipments, in my interpretation).

48
A network administrator has con gured an EtherChannel between two switches that are
connected via four trunk links. If the physical interface for one of the trunk links changes to a
down state, what happens to the EtherChannel?

Spanning Tree Protocol will recalculate the remaining trunk links.


The EtherChannel will remain functional.
The EtherChannel will transition to a down state.*
Spanning Tree Protocol will transition the failed physical interface into forwarding mode.

An EtherChannal remains functional until at least one of the bounded links are operational.
However, the channel could be slower if not all the links are operational. So Ahmeds
comment above is right.

Maryo June 24, 2014 Reply

66 Which Cisco IOS Software Release 15.0 technology pack is shipped with a permanent
license on all Cisco ISR G2 devices?

IPBase**********

DATA

Uni ed Communications

Security
Maryo June 24, 2014 Reply

Refer to the exhibit. Router CiscoVille has been partially con gured for EIGRP authentication.
What is missing that would allow successful authentication between EIGRP neighbors?

The interfaces that will use EIGRP authentication must be speci ed.

The CiscoVIlle router requires a second keychain to function correctly when using two
interfaces for EIGRP authentication.

The same key number must be used on any EIGRP neighbor routers.

The keychain for EIGRP authentication must be con gured on the interfaces.******(not
sure)

John Smith February 17, 2015


That is correct.

Clever Jimbo September 4, 2014 Reply

Got more questions:

Which two channel group modes would place an interface in a negotiating state using PAgP?
(Choose two.)
auto *
desirable *
on
passive
active

=======================================
What is the purpose of the Cisco PAK?
It is a proprietary encryption algorithm.
It is a compression le type used when installing IOS 15 or an IOS upgrade.
It is a way to compress an existing IOS so that a newer IOS version can be co-installed on a
router. *
It is a key for enabling an IOS feature set.

=======================================
What two license states would be expected on a new Cisco router once the license has been
activated? (Choose two.)
License State: On
License State: Active, Registered
License Type: Permanent *
License Type: ipbasek9
License Type: Temporary
License State: Active, In Use *

=======================================
If a company wants to upgrade a Cisco 2800 router from IOS 12.4T, what IOS should be
recommended for a stable router platform?
13.1T
12.5T
15.1M *
14.0

=======================================
Fill in the blank.
EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the routing table.

=======================================
A network engineer is troubleshooting a newly deployed wireless network that is using the
latest 802.11 standards. When users access high bandwidth services such as streaming
video, the wireless network performance is poor. To improve performance the network
engineer decides to con gure a 5 Ghz frequency band SSID and train users to use that SSID
for streaming media services. Why might this solution improve the wireless network
performance for that type of service?
Requiring the users to switch to the 5 GHz band for streaming media is inconvenient and
will result in fewer users accessing these services.
The 5 GHz band has a greater range and is therefore likely to be interference-free.
The 5 GHz band has more channels and is less crowded than the 2.4 GHz band, which
makes it more suited to streaming multimedia. *
The only users that can switch to the 5 GHz band will be those with the latest wireless NICs,
which will reduce usage.

Feel free to correct me if Im wrong.

Its not all that important ;) October 10, 2014 Reply

I got two new questions. dont know the answers.

By default, how many equal cost routes to the same destination can be installed in the
routing table of a Cisco router?
2
4
16
32

What are two reasons to implement passive interfaces in the EIGRP con guration of a Cisco
router? (Choose two.)

to provide increased network security

to shut down unused interfaces

to exclude interfaces from load balancing

to mitigate attacks coming from the interfaces

to avoid unnecessary update tra c

Leonid November 4, 2014


Hi, all.
Today passed exem.
Here is correct answers:

By default, how many equal cost routes to the same destination can be installed
in the routing table of a Cisco router?
2
4***
16
32

=======================
What are two reasons to implement passive interfaces in the EIGRP
con guration of a Cisco router? (Choose two.)

to provide increased network security ***

to shut down unused interfaces

to exclude interfaces from load balancing

to mitigate attacks coming from the interfaces

to avoid unnecessary update tra c ***


=======================================
Fill in the blank.
EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the topology table.

=======================================
What is the purpose of the Cisco PAK?
It is a proprietary encryption algorithm.
It is a compression le type used when installing IOS 15 or an IOS upgrade.
It is a way to compress an existing IOS so that a newer IOS version can be co-
installed on a router.
It is a key for enabling an IOS feature set. ***

=======================================
52
For troubleshooting missing EIGRP routes on a router, what three types of
information can be collected using the show ip protocols command? (Choose
three.)

any interfaces on the router that are con gured as passive*


any ACLs that are a ecting the EIGRP routing process*
any interfaces that are enabled for EIGRP authentication
networks that are unadvertised by the EIGRP routing protocol
the local interface that is used to establish an adjacency with EIGRP neighbors
the IP addresses that are con gured on adjacent routers ***
=======================================

46

Refer to the exhibit. What two pieces of information could be determined by a


network administrator from this output? (Choose two.)

The metric that will be installed in the routing table for the 10.0.0.0 route will be
65 (64+1).
Interface Fa0/1 is not participating in the OSPF process.
R1 is the distribution point for the routers that are attached to the 10.0.0.4
network. ***
R1 is participating in multiarea OSPF.*
The OSPF process number that is being used is 0.

Tomas November 25, 2014 Reply

These are the questions i couldnt nd here. Dont know the corrrect answers:
11

Fill in the blank.


EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the table.

________________________________________
20
A WLAN user wants to allocate an optimal amount of bandwidth to a speci c online game.
What is a Linksys Smart Wi-Fi tool that will allow the user to do this?

Widgets

Speed Test

Media Prioritization

Bandwidth Prioritization

Fill in the blank. Do not use abbreviations.


The spanning-tree global con guration command is used to enable Rapid PVST+.

What is a di erence between the Cisco IOS 12 and IOS 15 versions?

The IOS 12 version has commands that are not available in the 15 version.

IOS version 12.4(20)T1 is a mainline release, whereas IOS version 15.1(1)T1 is a new feature
release.

The IOS version 15 license key is unique to each device, whereas the IOS version 12 license
key is not device speci c.

Every Cisco ISR G2 platform router includes a universal image in the IOS 12 versions, but not
the IOS 15 versions.

A network engineer is troubleshooting a newly deployed wireless network that is using the
latest 802.11 standards. When users access high bandwidth services such as streaming
video, the wireless network performance is poor. To improve performance the network
engineer decides to con gure a 5 Ghz frequency band SSID and train users to use that SSID
for streaming media services. Why might this solution improve the wireless network
performance for that type of service?

Requiring the users to switch to the 5 GHz band for streaming media is inconvenient and will
result in fewer users accessing these services.

The only users that can switch to the 5 GHz band will be those with the latest wireless NICs,
which will reduce usage.
The 5 GHz band has a greater range and is therefore likely to be interference-free.

The 5 GHz band has more channels and is less crowded than the 2.4 GHz band, which makes
it more suited to streaming multimedia.

John December 21, 2014


In my search, I conclude that the answers are:
11) Fill in the blank.
EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the routing table.

20) Bandwidth Prioritization

The spanning-tree mode rapid-pvst global con guration command is used to
enable Rapid PVST+.

IOS version 12.4(20)T1 is a mainline release, whereas IOS version 15.1(1)T1 is a
new feature release.

The 5 GHz band has more channels and is less crowded than the 2.4 GHz band,
which makes it more suited to streaming multimedia.

Correct me if Im wrong.
Regards.

Oleg December 9, 2014 Reply

A network administrator is analyzing rst-hop router redundancy protocols. What is a


characteristic of VRRPv3?

VRRPv3 is Cisco proprietary.

It supports IPv6 and IPv4 addressing.

It allows load balancing between routers.

It works together with HSRP.

IRAQI December 19, 2014 Reply

A network administrator is analyzing rst-hop router redundancy protocols. What is a


characteristic of VRRPv3?
VRRPv3 is Cisco proprietary.

It supports IPv6 and IPv4 addressing.******************

It allows load balancing between routers.

It works together with HSRP.

Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP)


The VRRP version 3
(v3)ProtocolSupport feature providesthe capability to support IPv4 and IPv6 addresses

Good luck

ssssnake February 5, 2015 Reply

What type of OSPF IPv4 route is indicated by a route table entry descriptor of O E1?
an intra-area route that is advertised by the DR
a summary route that is advertised by an ABR
a directly connected route that is associated with an Ethernet interface
an external route that is advertised by an ASBR

Which type of OSPF LSA represents an external route and is propagated across the entire
OSPF domain?
type 1
type 2
type 3
type 4
type 5

A network administrator is analyzing the features that are supported by di erent rst-hop
router redundancy protocols. Which statement is a feature that is associated with GLBP?
It uses a virtual router master.
GLBP allows load balancing between routers.
It works together with VRRP.
It is nonproprietary.

A network administrator is analyzing the features that are supported by di erent rst-hop
router redundancy protocols. Which statement describes a feature that is associated with
HSRP?
HSRP uses active and standby routers.
HSRP is nonproprietary.
It uses ICMP messages in order to assign the default gateway to hosts.
It allows load balancing between a group of redundant routers.

Bruno Antunes March 11, 2015


What type of OSPF IPv4 route is indicated by a route table entry descriptor of O
E1?
an external route that is advertised by an ASBR

Which type of OSPF LSA represents an external route and is propagated across
the entire OSPF domain?
type 5

Which statement is a feature that is associated with GLBP?


GLBP allows load balancing between routers.

Which statement describes a feature that is associated with HSRP?


HSRP uses active and standby routers.

Cisco Student February 21, 2015 Reply

New question 21.02.2015

An administrator issues the router eigrp 100 command on a router. What is the number 100
used for?

-as the maximum bandwidth of the fastest interface on the router


-as the autonomous system number
-as the length of time this router will wait to hear hello packets from a neighbor
-as the number of neighbors supported by this router * (propabbly)

Cisco Student February 21, 2015 Reply

New question 21.02.2015

What occurs when authentication is con gured on an EIGRP router?


-After EIGRP authentication has been con gured, the router must be rebooted to be able to
reestablish adjacencies.
-If adjacencies are displayed after the use of the show ipv6 eigrp neighbors command, then
EIGRP authentication was successful.
-Only one router is required to be con gured for EIGRP authentication.
-If only one router has been con gured for EIGRP authentication, any prior adjacencies will
remain intact.* (propabbly)

Cisco Student February 21, 2015 Reply

New question 21.02.2015

Which wireless encryption method is the most secure?


-WPA
-WPA2 with AES *
-WPA2 with TKIP
-WEP

Cisco Student February 21, 2015 Reply

New question 21.02.2015

Which two parameters does EIGRP use by default to calculate the best path? (Choose two.)
-transmit and receive load
-delay
-MTU*
-bandwidth*
-reliability

Cisco Student February 21, 2015 Reply

New question 21.02.2015

When a Cisco router is con gured with fast-switching, how are packets distributed over
equal-cost paths?
-on a per-path-load basis
-on a per-packet basis
-on a per-destination basis * (propabbly)
-on a per-interface basis

What type of OSPF IPv4 route is indicated by a route table entry descriptor of O E1?
-an intra-area route that is advertised by the DR
-a directly connected route that is associated with an Ethernet interface
-an external route that is advertised by an ASBR * (propabbly)
-a summary route that is advertised by an ABR
What are two methods to make the OSPF routing protocol more secure? (Choose two.)
-Use only OSPFv3.
-Use MD5 authentication. *
-When feasible, create a VPN tunnel between each OSPF neighbor adjacency.
-Use the enable secret command.
-Use the passive-interface command on LAN interfaces that are connected only to end-user
devices.

Which type of OSPF LSA represents an external route and is propagated across the entire
OSPF domain?
-type 1
-type 2
-type 3
-type 4
-type 5 (propabbly)

Which function is provided by EtherChannel?


-enabling tra c from multiple VLANs to travel over a single Layer 2 link
-dividing the bandwidth of a single link into separate time slots
-creating one logical link by using multiple physical links between two LAN switches *
-spreading tra c across multiple physical WAN links

Cisco Student February 21, 2015 Reply

A network administrator is analyzing the features that are supported by di erent rst-hop
router redundancy protocols. Which statement is a feature that is associated with GLBP?
-It uses a virtual router master.
-It is nonproprietary.
-It works together with VRRP.
-GLBP allows load balancing between routers. * (propabbly)

A network administrator is analyzing the features that are supported by di erent rst-hop
router redundancy protocols. Which statement describes a feature that is associated with
HSRP?
-HSRP uses active and standby routers.
-It allows load balancing between a group of redundant routers.
-It uses ICMP messages in order to assign the default gateway to hosts.* (propabbly)
-HSRP is nonproprietary.

bester February 26, 2015 Reply


A network administrator is analyzing rst -hop router redundancy protocols.What is
characteristic of VRRPv3.
characteristics of VRRPV3:
*INTEROPERABILITY IN MULTI-VENDOR ENVIRONMENTS
*VRRPv3 SUPPORTS USAGE OF IPv4 and IPv6
*IMPROVE SCALABILITY THROUGH USE OF VRRS PATHWAYS
so judging from the options given it will be supports both IPv6 and IPv4 addressing

zer0taher0 March 8, 2015 Reply

new question
What is the purpose of a Cisco IOS 15 EM release?

It speci es advanced IP services features such as advanced security and service provider
packages.

It provides regular bug x maintenance rebuilds, plus critical x support for network-
a ecting bugs.

x It is used for long-term maintenance, enabling customers to qualify, deploy, and remain on
the release for an extended period.

It provides premium packages and enables additional IOS software feature combinations
that address more complex network requirements.

MaGe1992 March 9, 2015 Reply

I found some errors; these are the correct answers:

52
For troubleshooting missing EIGRP routes on a router, what three types of information can
be collected using the show ip protocols command? (Choose three.)

any interfaces on the router that are con gured as passive*


any ACLs that are a ecting the EIGRP routing process*
any interfaces that are enabled for EIGRP authentication
networks that are unadvertised by the EIGRP routing protocol*
the local interface that is used to establish an adjacency with EIGRP neighbors
the IP addresses that are con gured on adjacent routers [WRONG!!!]

Fill in the blank.


EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the topology table.
[NOT routing!!!]
kadiri Zakaria March 24, 2015 Reply

28
Quelles sont les deux fonctionnalits de la rcapitulation de route interzonale OSPF ?
(Choisissez deux rponses.)
La rcapitulation de route se traduit par une augmentation du tra c rseau et une surcharge
de routage.
Les routeurs ASBR e ectuent toute la rcapitulation OSPF.
Les paquets LSA de type 3 et 5 sont utiliss pour propager les routes rcapitules.
Les routeurs ABR annoncent les routes rcapitules sur le rseau fdrateur.
Les routes au sein dune zone sont rcapitules par le routeur ABR.

mimimimimi April 8, 2015 Reply

New question 21.02.2015

An administrator issues the router eigrp 100 command on a router. What is the number 100
used for?

-as the maximum bandwidth of the fastest interface on the router


-as the autonomous system number [Yep.]
-as the length of time this router will wait to hear hello packets from a neighbor
-as the number of neighbors supported by this router * (propabbly) [Nope.]

April 8, 2015 Reply

I had some new questions: screen caps here : https://imgur.com/a/G84hj

Captain Beefheart April 9, 2015 Reply

Hi, answer to the last question (router eigrp 100) is that 100 is the AS number

Mark April 15, 2015 Reply

Here are some corrections:

What are two methods to make the OSPF routing protocol more
secure? (Choose two.)
-Use only OSPFv3.
-Use MD5 authentication. ****
-When feasible, create a VPN tunnel between each OSPF neighbor adjacency.
-Use the enable secret command.
-Use the passive-interface command on LAN interfaces that are connected only to end-user
devices. ****

Which two parameters does EIGRP use by default to calculate the best path? (Choose two.)
-transmit and receive load
-delay****
-MTU
-bandwidth****
-reliability

An administrator issues the router eigrp 100 command on a router. What is the number 100
used for?

-as the maximum bandwidth of the fastest interface on the router


-as the autonomous system number ****
-as the length of time this router will wait to hear hello packets from a neighbor
-as the number of neighbors supported by this router

lastorel April 18, 2015 Reply

An EIGRP router loses the route to a network. Its topology table contains two feasible
successors to the same network. What action will the router take?
The router will query neighbors for an alternate route.
The router uses the default route.
The DUAL algorithm is recomputed to nd an alternate route.
The best alternative backup route is immediately inserted into the routing table.

lastorel April 18, 2015 Reply

Which two conditions should the network administrator verify before attempting to upgrade
a Cisco IOS image using a TFTP server? (Choose two.)
-Verify connectivity between the router and TFTP server using the ping command.
-Verify that there is enough ash memory for the new Cisco IOS image using the show ash
command.
-Verify the name of the TFTP server using the show hosts command.
-Verify that the TFTP server is running using the tftpdnld command.
-Verify that the checksum for the image is valid using the show version command.
Denis May 8, 2015 Reply

08 May 2015
NEW Question: What is a requirement to con gure a trunking EtherChannel between two
switches?

-The participating interfaces must be on the same module on a switch.

-The participating interfaces must be physically contiguous on a switch.

-The participating interfaces must be assigned the same VLAN number on both switches.

-The allowed range of VLANs must be the same on both switches.

Denis May 8, 2015 Reply

NEW Question. 8 May 2015


Refer to the exhibit. Which switch will be the root bridge after the election process is
complete?

S1

S2

S3

S4

STU June 2, 2015 Reply

Thanks for your great post. this 03/06/2015 and I passed the exam. all the answers were in
the exam only two of them were di erent which I couldnt snapshot them. Thanks again

CCNAHelper June 8, 2015 Reply

Fill in the blank.


EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the routing table.

Routing is wrong
The correct answer is

topology table.
Hopla July 6, 2015 Reply

Match the OSPF router type description with its name

Internal routers:
Routers that have all their interfaces in the same area and have identical LSDBs.

Area border routers:


All the routers of this type maintain separate LSDBs for each area to which they connect.

Autonomous System Boundary Routers:


Routers that have at least one interface attached to an external internetwork (another
autonomous system), such as a non-OSPF network.

Snir July 9, 2015 Reply

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is con guring PVST+ for the three switches.
What will be a result of entering these commands?
S1 will set the priority value for VLAN 10 to 0.

S3 will set the priority value for VLAN 30 to 8192.*****

S1 will set the priority value for VLAN 20 to 24596.

S2 will set the priority value for VLAN 10 to 24576.

Snir July 9, 2015 Reply

Refer to the exhibit. What are the possible port roles for ports A, B, C, and D in this RSTP-
enabled network?

designated, root, alternate, root

alternate, designated, root, root****

alternate, root, designated, root

designated, alternate, root, root

Snir July 9, 2015 Reply

What are two methods to make the OSPF routing protocol more secure? (Choose two.)

When feasible, create a VPN tunnel between each OSPF neighbor adjacency.
Use only OSPFv3.

Use MD5 authentication.*****

Use the passive-interface command on LAN interfaces that are connected only to end-user
devices.******

Use the enable secret command.

Cuinio Viloria July 30, 2015 Reply

NEW QUESTIONS, ATTENTION!!

A.) After implementing an IPv6 network, the administrator notices that the OSPFv3 process is
not starting on the routers. What could be the problem?

No router IDs are con gured on the routers.***


Authentication was not implemented between the routers.
The routers were not con gured with the network command.
The routers are con gured with the default priority.

B) Which statement describes the load balancing behavior of EIGRP?

EIGRP for IPv6 supports unequal cost load balancing, but EIGRP for IPv4 does not.
EIGRP for IPv4 supports unequal cost load balancing, but EIGRP for IPv6 does not.
Neither EIGRP for IPv4 nor EIGRP for IPv6 support unequal cost load balancing.
Both EIGRP for IPv4 and EIGRP for IPv6 support unequal cost load balancing.***

Please con rm whether or not the answers are correct.

Best Regards and Good Luck!

Rezckon07 August 9, 2015 Reply

NEW QUESTION :

What should be installed on a Cisco router as a prerequisite for installing the Data, Security,
and Uni ed Communications licenses in IOS 15?

the IP Base license**************

the Cisco License Manager

the Enterprise Services package


the Enterprise Base license

john September 2, 2015 Reply

new question

Refer to the exhibit. If the switch has been con gured for PVST+ mode, what command
output would replace the question marks?

pvst

pvst+

rstp

ieee

Aasiph September 8, 2015 Reply

Got 100 % yesterday.


Only two new question, rest was same.

student September 28, 2015 Reply

A WLAN user wants to allocate an optimal amount of bandwidth to a speci c online game.
What is a Linksys Smart Wi-Fi tool that will allow the user to do this?

-Media Prioritization******
-Widgets
-Bandwidth Prioritization
-Speed Test

Speed Test is a Smart Wi-Fi tool to test upload and download speeds. Bandwidth
Prioritization is not a separate tool, but is one of the priorities that can be set using the
Media Prioritization tool. Smart Wi-Fi widgets provide a quick summary of the tools.
This item references content from the following areas:
Scaling Networks
4.4.1 Con gure a Wireless Router

Roman December 29, 2016 Reply


Which action should be taken when planning for redundancy on a hierarchical network
design?

add alternate physical paths for data to traverse the network


continually purchase backup equipment for the network*
immediately replace a non-functioning module, service or device on a network
implement STP portfast between the switches on the network

Comment

Name

Email

+ two = eleven
Add Comment

CCNA5.NET =>
HOME CCNA v6.0 CCNA Security V

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching


CCNA 3 v5.02 + v5.03 SN Practice Final Exam Answers 2016

Brand New Apple T Talfaza, BoxyHD, P


Selling Brand New Renouveler votre in
$200 $34

CCNA 3v5.02 +v5.03 SNPractice Final Exam Answers 2016


Last update Dic. 2016

1. Match the switched LAN problem to the correct symptom. (Not all options are used.)

2
Refer to the exhibit. What are two consequences of issuing the displayed commands? (Choose two.)

The routing update information is protected against being falsi ed.*


The key is encrypted with the MD5 hashing algorithm. *
The routing table of R2 will be secured.
OSPF routes will get priority over EIGRP routes going into the routing table.
The overhead of OSPF information exchange will reduce.

3
What two STP features are incorporated into Rapid PVST+? (Choose two.)

loop guard
BPDU guard
BPDU lter
UplinkFast *
BackboneFast*
PortFast

4
What are two reasons to enable OSPF routing protocol authentication on a network? (Choose two.)

to prevent data tra c from being redirected and then discarded *


to ensure faster network convergence
to provide data security through encryption
to prevent redirection of data tra c to an insecure link *
to ensure more e cient routing

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator has issued the show ip eigrp neighbors command.
What can be concluded from the output?
An EIGRP neighbor with IP address 10.10.10.14 is connected to R1 via serial interface 0/1/0.
If R1 does not receive a Hello packet in 4 seconds from the neighbor with IP 10.10.10.18, it will declare the
neighbor is down.
There is no incoming EIGRP message at this moment.
The rst EIGRP neighbor R1 learned about has the IP address 10.10.10.2.*

6
What are three characteristics of the Cisco IOS Software Release 12.4T train? (Choose three.)

It receives regular software xes that are synchronized with the 12.4 Mainline train.*
It has a number of embedded technology packages.
It requires the activation of a license.
It is updated with new features and hardware support. *
It is derived from the Cisco IOS Software Release 12.4 Mainline train.*
It has extended maintenance new feature releases approximately every 16 to 20 months.

7. Match the step sequence to the multiarea OSPF route calculation process. (Not all options are
used.)
8

Refer to the exhibit. How did this router learn of the highlighted route in the routing table?

by entering the router con guration mode command default-information originate


by entering the global con guration mode command ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 ip-address
by entering the global con guration mode command ip route 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 interface-type interface-
number
by receiving an update from another OSPF router that is running another routing protocol
by receiving an update from another OSPF router that has the default-information originate
command con gured*

9
When the show spanning-tree vlan 33 command is issued on a switch, three ports are shown in the
forwarding state. In which two port roles could these interfaces function while in the forwarding
state? (Choose two.)

blocked
disabled
designated *
alternate
root*

10
Which method of wireless authentication is currently considered to be the strongest?

WEP
WPA2 *
WPA
shared key
open

11
When a range of ports is being con gured for EtherChannel, which mode will con gure LACP on a
port only if the port receives LACP packets from another device?

passive*
auto
desirable
active

12
While attending a conference, participants are using laptops for network connectivity. When a
guest speaker attempts to connect to the network, the laptop fails to display any available wireless
networks. The access point must be operating in which mode?

active*
passive
mixed
open

13

Fill in the blank.


By default, EIGRP is able to use up to 50percent of the bandwidth for EIGRP messages on an EIGRP-
enabled

interface.

14
Which model and which two characteristics would be more likely to be considered in purchasing an
access layer switch, as compared to buying switches that operate at the other layers of the Cisco
hierarchical design model? (Choose three.)

RSTP
EtherChannel
PoE *
number of ports *
Catalyst 4500X
Catalyst 2960

15
What is the purpose of issuing the ip ospf message-digest-key key md5 password command and the
area area-id authentication message-digest command on a router?

to facilitate the establishment of neighbor adjacencies


to encrypt OSPF routing updates
to enable OSPF MD5 authentication on a per-interface basis
to con gure OSPF MD5 authentication globally on the router*

16
Which two metric weights are set to one by default when costs in EIGRP are being calculated?
(Choose two.)

k4
k3*
k2
k1*
k6
k5

17
What are two reasons to install a single 48-port xed con guration switch, rather than two 24-port
xed con guration switches, in a wiring closet that supports two classrooms? (Choose two.)

more ports available for end devices *


more power provided to each port
higher uplink speeds
reduced power and space requirements *
reduced number of VLANs/broadcast domains

18
In the Cisco hierarchical design model, which layer is more likely to have a xed con guration
switch than the other layers?

access *
internet
transport
core
distribution

19
Which step supports disaster recovery and should be performed rst when upgrading an IOS
system image on a Cisco router?

Delete the current image from ash memory.


Con gure the router to load the new image from the TFTP server.
Copy the current image from the router to a TFTP server. *
Use the boot system command to con gure the router to load the new image.

20

Refer to the exhibit. Two routers have been con gured to use EIGRP. Packets are not being
forwarded between the two routers. What could be the problem?
An incorrect IP address was con gured on a router interface. *
The default bandwidth was used on the routers.
The routers were not con gured to monitor neighbor adjacency changes.
EIGRP does not support VLSM.

21

Refer to the exhibit. Which destination MAC address is used when frames are sent from the
workstation to the default gateway?

MAC addresses of both the forwarding and standby routers


MAC address of the forwarding router
MAC address of the standby router
MAC address of the virtual router *

22

Fill in the blank.


In RSTP, BPDU frames are sent every2seconds by default
23

Refer to the exhibit. Which switching technology would allow data to be transmitted over each
access layer switch link and prevent the port from being blocked by spanning tree due to the
redundant link?

trunking
EtherChannel *
PortFast
HSRP

24
In which mode is the area area-id range address mask command issued when multiarea OSPF
summarization is being con gured?

global con guration mode


interface con guration mode of all participating interfaces
router con guration mode *
interface con guration mode of area 0 interfaces

25
Open the PT Activity. Perform the tasks in the activity instructions and then answer the question.
Why are users in the OSPF network not able to access the Internet?

The interface that is connected to the ISP router is down.


The default route is not redistributed correctly from router R1 by OSPF.
The OSPF network statements are miscon gured on the routers R2 and R3.
The OSPF timers that are con gured on the routers R1, R2, and R3 are not compatible.
The network statement is miscon gured on the router R1.*

26
Which statement describes the Autonomous System number that is used in EIGRP?

It identi es the priority of the networks to be included in update packets.


It is associated with the global Autonomous System number that is assigned by IANA.
It speci es the EIGRP routing process on a router. *
It de nes the reliability of the EIGRP routing protocol.
27

Refer to the exhibit. Why are some of the entries marked O IA?

They correspond to entries that are learned from other routing protocols.
They are default routes that are learned from other routing protocols.
They represent summary routes that are internal to the area.
They correspond to entries that are learned from other areas.*

28
Which command can be issued on a router to display information about the successors and feasible
successors for a destination network when EIGRP is used as the routing protocol?

show ip eigrp topology *


show ip protocols
show ip eigrp interfaces
show ip eigrp neighbors

29
What does an OSPF area contain?

routers that share the same router ID


routers that have the same link-state information in their LSDBs *
routers whose SPF trees are identical
routers that share the same process ID

30
A network administrator is con guring the authentication for EIGRP routing. The administrator
enters these commands:

R1(con g)# key chain THE_KEY


R1(con g-keychain)# key 1
R1(con g-keychain-key)# key-string key123

What is the next step necessary to enable the authentication for EIGRP routing?

Con gure an ACL to identify the networks that are participating in EIGRP.
Con gure the priority of authentication algorithms to be used.
Con gure the authentication in the router eigrp as-number con guration mode.
Con gure the authentication on all interfaces that are participating in EIGRP.*

31
When EtherChannel is con gured, which mode will force an interface into a port channel without
exchanging aggregation protocol packets?

desirable
on *
active
auto

32
In wireless networks what is a disadvantage of using mixed mode on an AP?

The wireless network operates slower if one device uses an older standard wireless NIC.*
No encryption can be used by the AP or by the wireless NIC that is attached to the AP.
Devices must be closer to the AP due to the limited distance range.
Only 802.11n wireless NICs can attach to the AP.

33
The customer of a networking company requires VPN connectivity for workers who must travel
frequently. To support the VPN server, the customer router must be upgraded to a new Cisco IOS
software version with the Advanced IP Services feature set. What should the eld engineer do
before copying the new IOS to the router?

Issue the show running-con guration command to determine the features of the currently installed IOS
image le.

Issue the show version and the show ash commands to ensure that the router has enough
memory and le space to support the new IOS image.*

Delete the currently installed IOS by using the erase ash: command, and reload the router

Set the router to load the new IOS image le directly from the TFTP server on the next reboot.
34

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is verifying the bridge ID and the status of this switch
in the STP election. Which statement is correct based on the command output?

The bridge priority of Switch_2 has been lowered to a prede ned value to become the root bridge.*
The bridge priority of Switch_2 has been lowered to a prede ned value to become the backup root bridge.
The STP instance on Switch_2 is using the default STP priority and the election is based on Switch_2 MAC
address.
The STP instance on Switch_2 is failing due to no ports being blocked and all switches believing they are
the root.

35
A network technician is attempting to upgrade an IOS system image on a Cisco 1941 router. Which
command should the technician issue to verify the presence of su cient free space in ash for the
new image on the router that is being upgraded?

show le system
show ash0: *
show running-con g
show version

36
When would a network engineer con gure an access point with channel bonding?

when trunking is enabled between the access point and switch


when security is an issue
when older wireless NICs are being used
when more throughput is needed*

37
Which two parameters must match on the ports of two switches to create a PAgP EtherChannel
between the switches? (Choose two.)

MAC address
port ID
VLAN information *
speed *
PAgP mode

38
Which statement describes a characteristic of a Cisco Enterprise Architecture module?

Server Farm and Data Center Module are submodules of the Enterprise Edge module.
The Enterprise Campus only consists of the core layer of the campus infrastructure.
The Enterprise Edge consists of the Internet, VPN, and WAN modules connecting the enterprise
with the service providers network. *
The Service Provider Edge provides QoS, policy reinforcement, service levels, and security.

39
What is a wireless security mode that requires a RADIUS server to authenticate wireless users?

shared key
personal
WEP
enterprise*

40

Refer to the exhibit. The routing table on R2 does not include all networks that are attached to R1.
The network administrator veri es that the network statement is con gured to include these two
networks. What is a possible cause of the issue?

The no auto-summary command is missing in the R1 con guration. *


The network statements should include the wild card mask.
The AS number does not match between R1 and R2.
The interfaces that are connected to these two networks are con gured as passive interfaces.

41
Which wireless network topology would be used by network engineers to provide a wireless
network for an entire college building?

hotspot
ad hoc
infrastructure *
mixed mode

42

Refer to the exhibit. Why did R1 and R2 not establish an adjacency?

The automatic summarization is enabled on R1 and R2.


There is no network command for the network 192.168.1.0/24 on R1.
The IPv4 address of Fa0/0 interface of R1 has a wrong IP address.
The AS number does not match on R1 and R2.*

43
Which command will start the process to bundle two physical interfaces to create an EtherChannel
group via LACP?

channel-group 2 mode auto


interface port-channel 2
channel-group 1 mode desirable
interface range GigabitEthernet 0/4 5*
44
A laptop cannot connect to a wireless access point. Which two troubleshooting steps should be
taken rst? (Choose two.)

12Ensure that the laptop antenna is attached.


Shares
Ensure that the correct network media is selected.
Ensure that the NIC is con gured for the proper frequency.
12Ensure that the wireless NIC is enabled.*

Ensure that the wireless SSID is chosen.*

45

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator issues the show ip protocols command. Based on the
exhibited output, what can be concluded?

The EIGRP K values are default values. *


The no auto-summary command is not applied for the EIGRP operation.
Up to 4 routes of di erent metric values to the same destination network will be included in the routing
table.
R1 receives routes to the network 192.168.1.0/24 and 10.0.0.0/24.

46. Match the step number to the sequence of stages that occur during the HSRP failover process.
(Not all options are used.)
47
Which routing protocol is able to scale for large networks and utilizes non-backbone areas for
expansion?

BGP
RIPv2
OSPF *
EIGRP

48
What are two advantages of EtherChannel? (Choose two.)

Load balancing occurs between links con gured as di erent EtherChannels.


Spanning Tree Protocol views the physical links in an EtherChannel as one logical connection.*
EtherChannel uses upgraded physical links to provide increased bandwidth.
Con guring the EtherChannel interface provides consistency in the con guration of the physical
links. *
Spanning Tree Protocol ensures redundancy by transitioning failed interfaces in an EtherChannel to a
forwarding state.
49
A network administrator is troubleshooting the EIGRP routing between two routers, R1 and R2. The
problem is found to be that only some, but not all networks attached to R1 are listed in the routing
table of router R2. What should the administrator investigate on router R1 to determine the cause
of the problem?

Does the hello interval setting match the hello interval on R2?
Does the AS number match the AS number on R2?
Do the network commands include all the networks to be advertised?*
Is the interface connected to R2 con gured as a passive interface?

50

Refer to the exhibit. A network engineer is preparing to upgrade the IOS system image on a Cisco 2901
router. Based on the output shown, how much space is available for the new image?

25574400 bytes
33591768 bytes
249856000 bytes
221896413 bytes*

====================

51. Which port role is assigned to the switch port that has the lowest cost to reach the root bridge?
disabled port
non-designated port
root port*
designated port

new questions:

52. If a company wants to upgrade a Cisco 2800 router from IOS 12.4T, what IOS should be
recommended for a stable router platform?

15.1M*

12.5T

14.0
13.1T
========================

53.What are two reasons to implement passive interfaces in the EIGRP con guration of a Cisco
router? (Choose two.)

to shut down unused interfaces

to mitigate attacks coming from the interfaces

to avoid unnecessary update tra c*

to exclude interfaces from load balancing

to provide increased network security*

==============================
54.Refer to the exhibit. What two pieces of information could be determined by a network
administrator from this output? (Choose two.)

The OSPF process number that is being used is 0.

R1 is participating in multiarea OSPF.*

Interface Fa0/1 is not participating in the OSPF process.

R1 is the distribution point for the routers that are attached to the 10.0.0.4 network.*

The metric that will be installed in the routing table for the 10.0.0.0 route will be 65 (64+1).
==============================

55.A router has been removed from the network for maintenance. A new Cisco IOS software image
has been successfully downloaded to a server and copied into the ash of the router. What should
be done before placing the router back into service?

Restart the router and verify that the new image starts successfully.*

Back up the new image.

Copy the running con guration to NVRAM.

Delete the previous version of the Cisco IOS software from ash.

=============================
56. A network administrator is analyzing rst-hop router redundancy protocols. What is a
characteristic of VRRPv3?

VRRPv3 is Cisco proprietary.

It allows load balancing between routers.


It supports IPv6 and IPv4 addressing.*

It works together with HSRP.

============================

57.Refer to the exhibit. Based on the command output shown, what is the status of the
EtherChannel?

The EtherChannel is dynamic and is using ports Fa0/10 and Fa0/11 as passive ports.

The EtherChannel is partially functional as indicated by the P ags for the FastEthernet ports.

The EtherChannel is down as evidenced by the protocol eld being empty.

The EtherChannel is in use and functional as indicated by the SU and P ags in the command
output.*

=============================

58.What are two requirements when using out-of-band con guration of a Cisco IOS network
device? (Choose two.)

a connection to an operational network interface on the device

a direct connection to the console or AUX port*

HTTP access to the device

a terminal emulation client*

Telnet or SSH access to the device

===========================
59.Refer to the exhibit. An administrator attempts to con gure EIGRP for IPv6 on a router and
receives the error message that is shown. Which command must be issued by the administrator
before EIGRP for IPv6 can be con gured?

ipv6 cef

ipv6 eigrp 100

eigrp router-id 100.100.100.100

no shutdown

ipv6 unicast-routing*

===========================
60. Which technological factor determines the impact of a failure domain?
the forwarding rate of the switches used on the access layer

the number of users on the access layer

the number of layers of the hierarchical network

the role of the malfunctioning device*

==============================

61.A network engineer is troubleshooting a newly deployed wireless network that is using the
latest 802.11 standards. When users access high bandwidth services such as streaming video, the
wireless network performance is poor. To improve performance the network engineer decides to
con gure a 5 Ghz frequency band SSID and train users to use that SSID for streaming media
services. Why might this solution improve the wireless network performance for that type of
service?

Requiring the users to switch to the 5 GHz band for streaming media is inconvenient and will result in
fewer users accessing these services.

The 5 GHz band has more channels and is less crowded than the 2.4 GHz band, which makes it more
suited to streaming multimedia.*

The 5 GHz band has a greater range and is therefore likely to be interference-free.

The only users that can switch to the 5 GHz band will be those with the latest wireless NICs, which will
reduce usage.

=========================

62.Fill in the blank.


EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the __topology__table.

====================

63.A network administrator has con gured an EtherChannel between two switches that are
connected via four trunk links. If the physical interface for one of the trunk links changes to a
down state, what happens to the EtherChannel?

Spanning Tree Protocol will transition the failed physical interface into forwarding mode.

The EtherChannel will transition to a down state.

Spanning Tree Protocol will recalculate the remaining trunk links.

The EtherChannel will remain functional.*

===============================
64.For troubleshooting missing EIGRP routes on a router, what three types of information can be
collected using the show ip protocols command? (Choose three.)

any interfaces on the router that are con gured as passive*

networks that are unadvertised by the EIGRP routing protocol*

any ACLs that are a ecting the EIGRP routing process*

the IP addresses that are con gured on adjacent routers

the local interface that is used to establish an adjacency with EIGRP neighbors

any interfaces that are enabled for EIGRP authentication

CCNPPractice CCNA3Chapter2 WireXpertCable CCNA3v5.0SN


Tests v5ExamAnswers CertifierCertify PretestExam
2016 CopperandFiber... Answers2014
Ad www.simulationexams.com ccna5.net Ad itnetworks.softing.com ccna5.net

CallRecordingon CCNA3v5.02+ CCNA3Chapter1 CCNA2Chapter8


Cisco v5.032016 v5ExamAnswers v5ExamAnswers
2016 2016
Ad Xima Software ccna5.net ccna5.net ccna5.net

5 June 14, 2014by CCNA5.NETin ccna 3 v5 ccna3 practice exam

CCNA 3 v5.0 Routing and Switching

Comments

J November 18, 2014 Reply

Refer to the exhibit. A network administrator is verifying the bridge ID and the status of this
switch in the STP election. Which statement is correct based on the command output?
The bridge priority of Switch_2 has been lowered to a prede ned value to become the root
bridge.
The bridge priority of Switch_2 has been lowered to a prede ned value to become the
backup root bridge.*
The STP instance on Switch_2 is using the default STP priority and the election is based on
Switch_2 MAC address.
The STP instance on Switch_2 is failing due to no ports being blocked and all switches
believing they are the root.

anon1488 March 22, 2015 Reply

Which port role is assigned to the switch port that has the lowest cost to reach the root
bridge?
disabled port
non-designated port
root port
designated port

CCNAHelper June 2, 2015 Reply

NEW QUESTIONS 2014/2015 JUN

####################################################################

What two STP features are incorporated into Rapid PVST+? (Choose two.)
UplinkFast
PortFast
BPDU Guard
BPDU Filter
BackBoneFast
Loop Guard

Because Rapid PVST+ is a Cisco enhancement of RSTP, it will support PortFast, BPDU guard,
BPDU lter, root guard, and loop guard. Uplink fast and Backbone fast are incorporated into
the protocol.

####################################################################

####################################################################
A network administrator is analyzing rst-hop router redundancy protocols. What is a
characteristic of VRRPv3?
VRRPV3 is cisco proprietary
It supports IPV6 and IPV4 addressing
It works together with HSRP
It allows load balancing between routers.

VRRPv3 is a non-proprietary, rst-hop router redundancy protocol. It provides features for


both IPv4 and IPv6 addressing. HSRP and GLBP are both Cisco-proprietary protocols. GLBP
provides load balancing between a group of redundant routers.

####################################################################

####################################################################
Refer to the exhibit. What two pieces of information could be determined by a network
administrator from this output? (Choose two.)
R1 is participating in multiarea OSPF.
The OSPF process number that is being used is 0
interface fa0/1 is not participating in OSPF process
R1 is distribution point for the routers that are attached to the 10.0.0.4 network
The metric that will be installed in the routing table for the 10.0.0 route will be 65 (64 + 1)

The two OSPF areas that are shown under the Area column are areas 0 and 1. The PID shows
the OSPF process ID of 1. All interfaces that are shown in this command output are
participating in the OSPF routing process. R1 is the ABR (area border router) for the 10.0.0.4
network. The R1 Fa0/1 interface is assigned the IP address of 10.0.0.6/30 on this network.
The metric that will be installed in the routing table for the 10.0.0.0 network is 64, not 65.

####################################################################

####################################################################
What are two reasons to implement passive interfaces in the EIGRP con guration of a Cisco
router? (Choose two.)

to provide increased network security


to shut down unused interfaces
to avoid unnecessary update tra c
to mitigate attacks coming from the interfaces
to exclude interfaces from load balancing

Two primary reasons for implementing passive interfaces in EIGRP routing are to suppress
unnecessary update tra c, such as when an interface is a LAN interface with no other
routers connected, and to increase security controls, such as preventing unknown rogue
routing devices from receiving EIGRP updates
####################################################################
####################################################################
For troubleshooting missing EIGRP routes on a router, what three types of information can
be collected using the show ip protocols command? (Choose three.)

any interfaces that are enabled for EIGRP authentication


any interfaces on the router that are con gured as passive
the IP addresses that are con gured on adjacent routers
any ACLs that are a ecting the EIGRP routing process
networks that are unadvertised by the EIGRP routing protocol
the local interface that is used to establish an adjacency with EIGRP neighbors

The show ip protocols command veri es whether automatic summarization is being used on
the local router, whether any interfaces on the local router are con gured as passive
interfaces, whether a network is not advertised to EIGRP neighbors, and whether any ACLs
are applied to EIGRP.

####################################################################

####################################################################
If a company wants to upgrade a Cisco 2800 router from IOS 12.4T, what IOS should be
recommended for a stable router platform?
12.5T
13.1T
14.0
15.1M

This item references content from the following areas:

Scaling Networks

9.1.1 Naming Conventions

####################################################################

####################################################################
Fill in the blank.
EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes ___ in the table.
EIGRP maintains a topology table that contains all of the routes learned from EIGRP
neighbors. The routes will include successors and feasible successors.

EIGRP maintains a topology table that contains all of the routes learned from EIGRP
neighbors. The routes will include successors and feasible successors.

####################################################################
Ionut July 1, 2015 Reply

new questions:

1. If a company wants to upgrade a Cisco 2800 router from IOS 12.4T, what IOS should be
recommended for a stable router platform?

15.1M

12.5T

14.0

13.1T
========================

2 What are two reasons to implement passive interfaces in the EIGRP con guration of a
Cisco router? (Choose two.)

to shut down unused interfaces

to mitigate attacks coming from the interfaces

to avoid unnecessary update tra c

to exclude interfaces from load balancing

to provide increased network security

==============================
3 Refer to the exhibit. What two pieces of information could be determined by a network
administrator from this output? (Choose two.)

The OSPF process number that is being used is 0.

R1 is participating in multiarea OSPF.

Interface Fa0/1 is not participating in the OSPF process.

R1 is the distribution point for the routers that are attached to the 10.0.0.4 network.

The metric that will be installed in the routing table for the 10.0.0.0 route will be 65 (64+1).
==============================

4 A router has been removed from the network for maintenance. A new Cisco IOS software
image has been successfully downloaded to a server and copied into the ash of the router.
What should be done before placing the router back into service?
Restart the router and verify that the new image starts successfully.

Back up the new image.

Copy the running con guration to NVRAM.

Delete the previous version of the Cisco IOS software from ash.

=============================
5 A network administrator is analyzing rst-hop router redundancy protocols. What is a
characteristic of VRRPv3?

VRRPv3 is Cisco proprietary.

It allows load balancing between routers.

It supports IPv6 and IPv4 addressing.

It works together with HSRP.

============================

6 Refer to the exhibit. Based on the command output shown, what is the status of the
EtherChannel?

The EtherChannel is dynamic and is using ports Fa0/10 and Fa0/11 as passive ports.

The EtherChannel is partially functional as indicated by the P ags for the FastEthernet ports.

The EtherChannel is down as evidenced by the protocol eld being empty.

The EtherChannel is in use and functional as indicated by the SU and P ags in the command
output.

=============================

7 What are two requirements when using out-of-band con guration of a Cisco IOS network
device? (Choose two.)

a connection to an operational network interface on the device

a direct connection to the console or AUX port

HTTP access to the device

a terminal emulation client

Telnet or SSH access to the device


===========================
8 Refer to the exhibit. An administrator attempts to con gure EIGRP for IPv6 on a router and
receives the error message that is shown. Which command must be issued by the
administrator before EIGRP for IPv6 can be con gured?

ipv6 cef

ipv6 eigrp 100

eigrp router-id 100.100.100.100

no shutdown

ipv6 unicast-routing

===========================

9
Which technological factor determines the impact of a failure domain?

the forwarding rate of the switches used on the access layer

the number of users on the access layer

the number of layers of the hierarchical network

the role of the malfunctioning device

==============================

10 A network engineer is troubleshooting a newly deployed wireless network that is using


the latest 802.11 standards. When users access high bandwidth services such as streaming
video, the wireless network performance is poor. To improve performance the network
engineer decides to con gure a 5 Ghz frequency band SSID and train users to use that SSID
for streaming media services. Why might this solution improve the wireless network
performance for that type of service?

Requiring the users to switch to the 5 GHz band for streaming media is inconvenient and will
result in fewer users accessing these services.

The 5 GHz band has more channels and is less crowded than the 2.4 GHz band, which makes
it more suited to streaming multimedia.

The 5 GHz band has a greater range and is therefore likely to be interference-free.

The only users that can switch to the 5 GHz band will be those with the latest wireless NICs,
which will reduce usage.
=========================

11 Fill in the blank.


EIGRP keeps feasible successor routes in the table.

====================

12 A network administrator has con gured an EtherChannel between two switches that are
connected via four trunk links. If the physical interface for one of the trunk links changes to a
down state, what happens to the EtherChannel?

Spanning Tree Protocol will transition the failed physical interface into forwarding mode.

The EtherChannel will transition to a down state.

Spanning Tree Protocol will recalculate the remaining trunk links.

The EtherChannel will remain functional.

===============================

13 For troubleshooting missing EIGRP routes on a router, what three types of information
can be collected using the show ip protocols command? (Choose three.)

any interfaces on the router that are con gured as passive

networks that are unadvertised by the EIGRP routing protocol

any ACLs that are a ecting the EIGRP routing process

the IP addresses that are con gured on adjacent routers

the local interface that is used to establish an adjacency with EIGRP neighbors

any interfaces that are enabled for EIGRP authentication

tweettrooper February 11, 2016 Reply

i need help from someone. for ccna 3 we need to make a project


Design a network for a company that complies to
the following speci cations:
3 sites
human resources: 5 people
administration/ nance: 30 people
management: 6 people
production is divided in 6 di erent entities,
each with about 40 workers
each site has an assembly entity
the 3 other entities are divided over the
sites
provide a server-network and a DMZ-network
and decide what services will be provided
where
choose the right hardware
time is money, so limit downtime as much as
you can
make a documentation for the network
defend your choices

can someone please help me with this ???


thank you

Comment

Name

Email

Time limit is exhausted. Please reload the CAPTCHA.

+ 5 = 10
Add Comment

CCNA5.NET =>
Chapter1Quiz
chance Pasdchance Points 20 Questions 10 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksChapter1.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form28756

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

DERNIRE Tentative1 moinsd1minute 4sur20

Envoyle30Sept9:39

Question1 2/2points

Howmuchtrafficisa48portgigabitswitchcapableofswitchingwhenoperatingatfullwire
speed?

44Gb/s,duetooverheadrequirements

24Gb/s,becausethisisthemaximumforwardingrateonCiscoswitches

Correct! 48Gb/s,byprovidingfullbandwidthtoeachport

1Gb/s,becausedatacanonlybeforwardedfromoneportatatime
Refertocurriculumtopic:1.2.1
Aswitchoperatingatfullwirespeediscapableofswitchingthecumulativeamount
ofeachportontheswitch.A48portgigabitswitchcouldforward(48x1Gb/s=48
Gb/s)ofdata.Forwardingratesaredeterminedbasedonthecapabilitiesofeach
switch.

Question2 0/2points

Whichfeaturecouldbeusedinanetworkdesigntoincreasethebandwidthbycombining
multiplephysicallinksintoasinglelogicallink?

Vousavezrpondu VLANs

trunkports

subinterfaces

Bonnerponse EtherChannel

Refertocurriculumtopic:1.1.2
VLANscreateseveralgroupsofuserswhichuseasinglephysicallink.Trunkports
aresinglephysicallinks.Subinterfacesallowonephysicallinktobeusedtocreate
severallogicallinks.EtherChannelprovidestheabilitytocombinemultiplephysical
linksintoasinglelogicallink.

Question3 2/2points

Whichtwomethodshelptopreventthedisruptionofnetworkservices?(Choosetwo.)

usingVLANstosegmentnetworktraffic

changingtheroutingprotocolsatregularintervals

Correct! installingduplicateequipmenttoprovidefailoverservices
Correct! usingredundantconnectionstoprovidealternatephysicalpaths

removingswitcheswhichcauseloops

Refertocurriculumtopic:1.1.2
Usingduplicateequipmentandusingredundantpathsaretwomethodstohelp
preventnetworkdisruptions.TheuseofVLANswouldnotaffectnetworkavailability.
Changingtheroutingprotocolcouldactuallyreduceavailabilityduringconvergence.
Loops,whicharecreatedbytheprovisionofredundantpaths,aremanagedby
protocolswithoutremovingdevices.

Question4 0/2points

Matchthedesignmodellayertotheappropriatenetworkfunction.(Notalloptionsareused.)

Vousavezrpondu corelayer
ensuresthatdatatracisdirectedtothecorrectVLAN


Bonnerponse providesahighspeed
backbonelinkbetween
dispersednetworks

Vousavezrpondu distributionlayer
providesconnec vityfortheusers


Bonnerponse forwardstrafficfromone
localnetworktoanother

Vousavezrpondu accesslayer
ensuresthatdatatracisdirectedtothecorrectVLAN


Bonnerponse providesconnectivityfor
theusers

OtherIncorrectMatchOptions:
ensuresthatdatatrafficisdirectedtothecorrectVLAN
managesWANlinkstotheserviceprovider

Refertocurriculumtopic:1.1.1

Sansrponse Question5 0/2points

Whatisacharacteristicofoutofbanddevicemanagement?

Outofbanddevicemanagementrequiresadirectconnectiontoanetworkinterface.

Bonnerponse Itrequiresaterminalemulationclient.

ItrequiresTelnet,SSH,orHTTPtoaccessaCiscodevice.

Itrequiresatleastonenetworkinterfaceonthedevicetobeconnectedandoperational.

Refertocurriculumtopic:1.2.3
Outofbanddevicemanagementisusedforinitialconfigurationorwhenanetwork
connectionisunavailable.Configurationthatusesoutofbandmanagement
requiresadirectconnectiontoaconsoleorAUXportandaterminalemulation
client.

Question6 0/2points

Whataretwoexpectedfeaturesofmodernenterprisenetworks?(Choosetwo.)

supportforlimitedgrowth

Correct! supportforcriticalapplications

supportfordistributedadministrativecontrol

Vousavezrpondu supportfor90percentreliability
Bonnerponse supportforconvergednetworktraffic

Refertocurriculumtopic:1.1.1
Allmodernenterprisenetworksareexpectedtosupportcriticalapplications,
convergednetworktraffic,diversebusinessneeds,andprovidecentralized
administrativecontrol.Usersexpectenterprisenetworkstobeup99.999percentof
thetime(not90percent.).Supportforlimitedgrowthisnotausualnetworkdesign
criterion.

Question7 0/2points

Whichtypeofrouterwouldanenterpriseusetoallowcustomerstoaccesscontentanytime
andanyplace,regardlessofwhethertheyareathomeorwork?

Bonnerponse networkedgerouters

Vousavezrpondu branchrouters

modularrouters

serviceproviderrouters

Refertocurriculumtopic:1.2.2
Networkedgeroutersprovidecustomerinteractivity,personalization,andmobility.
WherevercustomerscanaccessanInternetconnection,theycanaccesstheir
content.Branchroutersprovidesimplenetworkconfigurationandmanagement
whilemaintaininghighlyavailablenetworks.Modularroutersareusedtoprovide
greaterflexibilityinwhichinterfacesareusedduringnetworkdesignandinstallation.
Serviceproviderroutersprovideendtoendscalablesolutions.Customersdonot
remotelyaccessorconnectdirectlytoaserviceproviderrouter.

Question8 0/2points

Whichnetworkdesignsolutionwillbestextendaccesslayerconnectivitytohostdevices?
implementingEtherChannel

Bonnerponse implementingwirelessconnectivity

Vousavezrpondu implementingredundancy

implementingroutingprotocols

Refertocurriculumtopic:1.1.2
EtherChannelallowsmoredatatobemovedattheaccesslayer,butdoesnot
providenetworkexpansion.Redundancyisusedtoprovidefailoversolutionsbut
doesnotfocusonnetworkexpansion.Routingprotocolsarenotusedtoprovide
networkexpansionattheaccesslayer.Wirelessconnectivityprovidesnetwork
accesstoalargenumberofusersattheaccesslayer.

Question9 0/2points

Fillintheblank.
Amongthebeneficialfunctionsofarouterareenhancednetworksecurityandcontainment

of DG traffic.

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu DG

Bonnerponse broadcast

Refertocurriculumtopic:1.2.2

Question10 0/2points
Fillintheblank.Thenumberofportsavailableonasingleswitchisreferredtoas

TRH .

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu TRH

Bonnerponse portdensity

Bonnerponse portdensity

density

Refertocurriculumtopic:1.2.1
Chapter2Quiz
chance Pasdchance Points 28 Questions 14 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksChapter2.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form28757

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

DERNIRE Tentative1 moinsd1minute 0sur28

Envoyle30Sept9:40

Sansrponse Question1 0/2points

Aftertheelectionoftherootbridgehasbeencompleted,howwillswitchesfindthebest
pathstotherootbridge?


Eachswitchwillanalyzethesumofthehopstoreachtherootandusethepathwiththe
fewesthops.


EachswitchwillanalyzetheBIDofallneighborstoreachtherootandusethepaththrough
thelowestBIDneighbors.

Eachswitchwillanalyzetheportstatesofallneighborsandusethedesignatedportsto
forwardtraffictotheroot.

Bonnerponse
Eachswitchwillanalyzethesumofallportcoststoreachtherootandusethepathwiththe
lowestcost.

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.1.2
Aftertheelectionofarootbridgehasoccurred,eachswitchwillhavetodetermine
thebestpathtotherootbridgefromitslocation.Thepathisdeterminedby
summingtheindividualportcostsalongthepathfromeachswitchporttotheroot
bridge.


Sansrponse Question2 0/2points

WhichstatementdescribesHSRP?


Ifthevirtualroutermasterfails,onerouteriselectedasthevirtualroutermasterwiththeother
routersactingasbackups.

Itisanopenstandardprotocol.


ItusesICMPtoallowIPv4hoststolocateroutersthatprovideIPv4connectivitytoremoteIP
networks.

Bonnerponse
Itisusedwithinagroupofroutersforselectinganactivedeviceandastandbydeviceto
providegatewayservicestoaLAN.
Refertocurriculumtopic:2.4.2
ItisVRRPthatelectsonerouterasthevirtualroutermaster,withtheotherrouters
actingasbackupsincasethevirtualroutermasterfails.HSRPisaCisco
proprietaryprotocol.IRDPusesICMPmessagestoallowIPv4hoststolocate
routersthatprovideIPv4connectivitytoother(nonlocal)IPnetworks.HSRPselects
activeandstandbyrouterstoprovidegatewayservicestohostsonaLAN.


Sansrponse Question3 0/2points

HereisalinktothePTActivity .

OpenthePTActivity.Performthetasksintheactivityinstructionsandthenanswerthe
question.
WhatisthepathcostfromSwitch_4totherootbridge?

19

38

Bonnerponse 57

76

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.1.2
ClickonPC0.
UsetheTerminalapplication.
Issuethecommandshowspanningtree.
Thepathcostislocatedintherootbridgeinformationandis57.

Question4 0/2points

MatchtheSTPprotocolwiththecorrectdescription.(Notalloptionsareused.)

Vousavezrpondu RapidPVST+


Bonnerponse aCiscoenhancementof
RSTPtoprovidea
spanningtreeinstancefor
eachVLAN

Vousavezrpondu STP


Bonnerponse thelegacystandardfor
STPthatrunsallVLANsin
asinglespanningtree
instance

Vousavezrpondu MSTP


Bonnerponse aprotocolthatallows
multipleVLANstorunina
singlespanningtree
instance

OtherIncorrectMatchOptions:
anevolutionofSTPthatprovidesfasterconvergence

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.2.1


Sansrponse Question5 0/2points

Anetworkadministratorisoverseeingtheimplementationoffirsthopredundancyprotocols.
Whichtwoprotocolswillnotbeabletofunctionwithmultivendordevices?(Choosetwo.)

Bonnerponse HSRP

VRRP

Bonnerponse GLBP
IRDP

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.4.2
ThefirsthopredundancyprotocolsHSRPandGLBPareCiscoproprietaryandwill
notfunctioninamultivendorenvironment.


Sansrponse Question6 0/2points

Whenfirsthopredundancyprotocolsareused,whichtwoitemswillbesharedbyasetof
routersthatarepresentingtheillusionofbeingasinglerouter?(Choosetwo.)

hostname

Bonnerponse IPaddress

BID

staticroute

Bonnerponse MACaddress

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.4.1
Inorderforasetofrouterstopresenttheillusionofbeingasinglerouter,theymust
sharebothanIPaddressandMACaddress.Astaticroute,BID,orhostnamedoes
nothavetobesharedinthiscontext.


Sansrponse Question7 0/2points

WhichtwostatementsdescribeaswitchportthatisconfiguredwithPortFast?(Choosetwo.)

Theswitchportimmediatelytransitionsfromthelisteningtotheforwardingstate.

Bonnerponse Theswitchportimmediatelytransitionsfromblockingtotheforwardingstate.
Bonnerponse TheswitchportshouldneverreceiveBPDUs.


TheswitchportimmediatelyprocessesanyBPDUsbeforetransitioningtotheforwarding
state.

TheswitchportsendsDHCPrequestsbeforetransitioningtotheforwardingstate.

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.3.1
AportthatisconfiguredwithPortFastwillimmediatelytransitionfromblockingtothe
forwardingstate.PortFastshouldonlybeconfiguredonswitchportsthatsupport
enddevices,sonoBPDUsshouldeverbereceivedthroughaportthatisconfigured
withPortFast.Configuringaport
withPortFastsupportsDHCPbecausePortFastwillspeedupthetransitionfrom
blockingtoforwarding.WithoutPortFast,anenddevicemaybeginto
issueDHCPrequestsbeforetheporthastransitionedtotheforwardingstate.

Sansrponse Question8 0/2points

WhichthreeportstatesareusedbyRapidPVST+?(Choosethree.)

Bonnerponse discarding

blocking

trunking

listening

Bonnerponse learning

Bonnerponse forwarding

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.2.3
TheRapidPVST+portstatesarediscarding,learning,andforwarding.

Sansrponse Question9 0/2points

WhenPVSTisrunningoveraswitchednetwork,whichportstatecanparticipateinBPDU
frameforwardingbasedonBPDUsreceived,butdoesnotforwarddataframes?

blocking

Bonnerponse listening

forwarding

disabled

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.2.2
Portsintheblockingstatearenondesignatedportsanddonotparticipateinframe
forwarding.PortsinthelisteningstatecanparticipateinBPDUframeforwarding
accordingtoreceivedBPDUframes,butdonotforwarddataframes.Portsinthe
forwardingstateforwarddataframesandsendandreceiveBPDUframes.Portsin
thedisabledstateareadministrativelydisabled.


Sansrponse Question10 0/2points

Anadministratoristroubleshootingaswitchandwantstoverifyifitisarootbridge.What
commandcanbeusedtodothis?

Bonnerponse showspanningtree

showrunningconfig

showstartupconfig

showvlan
Refertocurriculumtopic:2.3.3
Ofallthecommandsthatarelisted,onlythecorrectoption,showspanning
tree,displaysSTProotbridgeinformation.


Sansrponse Question11 0/2points

Whatisonewaytocorrectaspanningtreefailure?

ReplaceallinstancesofSTPwithRSTP.

InsertredundantlinkstoreplacethefailedSTPlinks.

ReplacethecablesonfailedSTPlinks.

Bonnerponse Manuallyremoveredundantlinksintheswitchednetwork.

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.3.3
AnactionthatcanbetakenwhenthereisaspanningtreefailureinaLayer2
networkistoremoveallredundantlinksinthefailedsegmentofthenetwork.This
willeliminatetheloopsinthetopologyallowingforanormalizationofthetrafficand
CPUloads.ThenextstepwouldbetoinvestigatethefailureofSTPonthe
redundantlinksandfixtheseissuespriortorestoringtheselinks.


Sansrponse Question12 0/2points

DuringtheimplementationofSpanningTreeProtocol,allswitchesarerebootedbythe
networkadministrator.Whatisthefirststepofthespanningtreeelectionprocess?

EachswitchwithalowerrootIDthanitsneighborwillnotsendBPDUs.

Bonnerponse AlltheswitchessendoutBPDUsadvertisingthemselvesastherootbridge.

Eachswitchdeterminesthebestpathtoforwardtraffic.
Eachswitchdetermineswhatporttoblocktopreventaloopfromoccurring.

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.1.2
AfteraCiscoswitchboots,itwillsendoutBPDUscontainingitsindividualBIDand
therootIDforthenetwork.Bydefault,theinitialrootIDatbootupwillbetheIDof
thatindividualswitch.Afterarootbridgeiselected,portstatesandpathsare
chosen.


Sansrponse Question13 0/2points

Whichtwoissuesaretheresultofabroadcaststorm?(Choosetwo.)


Duringabroadcaststorm,aswitchwillforwardexcessiveLayer2broadcasttraffictothe
router,andtherouterwillthenforwardthesebroadcaststoitsattachednetworks.

Bonnerponse
Duetohighprocessingdemandsduringabroadcaststorm,communicationmayfailbetween
endstationsinthebroadcastdomain.


Inanetworksaturatedwithbroadcasttraffic,newtrafficarrivingattheswitchwillbeforwarded
intothebroadcastdomain,whichfurtherconsumesavailablebandwidth.

Bonnerponse
Duringabroadcaststorm,constantchangestotheMACaddresstablepreventaswitchfrom
accuratelyforwardingframes.


Duringabroadcaststorm,switcheswithhighspeedinterfaceswillforwardtrafficinhalfduplex
modetoconserveavailablebandwidth.
Refertocurriculumtopic:2.1.1
Duringabroadcaststorm,switcheswillforwardbroadcasttrafficthroughevery
interfaceexcepttheoriginalingressinterface.Althoughanattachedrouterwillalso
receivethebroadcasts,routersdonotforwardLayer2broadcastsbydefault.New
trafficarrivingattheswitchwillbediscardedbyaswitchinabroadcaststorm
becausetheswitchwillbeunabletoprocessthenewtraffic.Duringabroadcast
storm,switchesdonotautomaticallyadjustduplexsettings.However,
communicationwilloftenfailbetweenenddevicesbecauseoftheheavyprocessing
demandsthatarecreatedbythebroadcasttraffic.ConstantchangestotheMAC
addresstableduringabroadcaststormcanpreventaswitchfromforwarding
frames.

Sansrponse Question14 0/2points

Whatisanaccuratedescriptionofredundancy?


configuringarouterwithacompleteMACaddressdatabasetoensurethatallframescanbe
forwardedtothecorrectdestination


configuringaswitchwithpropersecuritytoensurethatalltrafficforwardedthroughan
interfaceisfiltered


designinganetworktousemultiplevirtualdevicestoensurethatalltrafficusesthebestpath
throughtheinternetwork


designinganetworktousemultiplepathsbetweenswitchestoensurethereisnosinglepoint
offailure

Refertocurriculumtopic:2.1.1
Redundancyattemptstoremoveanysinglepointoffailureinanetworkbyusing
multiplephysicallycabledpathsbetweenswitchesinthenetwork.
Chapter3Quiz
chance Pasdchance Points 20 Questions 10 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksChapter3.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form28760

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

DERNIRE Tentative1 moinsd1minute 0sur20

Envoyle30Sept9:42

Sansrponse Question1 0/2points

WhatwillhappenifanetworkadministratorputsaportthatispartofanEtherChannel
bundleintoadifferentVLANthantheotherportsinthatbundle?

TheEtherChannelbundlewillstayuponlyifPAgPisused.

TheEtherChannelbundlewillstayuponlyifLACPisused.

TheEtherChannelbundlewillstayupifeitherPAgPorLACPisused.


TheEtherChannelbundlewillstayupiftheportswereconfiguredwithnonegotiationbetween
theswitchestoformtheEtherChannel.
Bonnerponse TheEtherChannelwillfail.

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.2.2
AllportsinanEtherChannelbundlemusteitherbetrunkportsorbeaccessportsin
thesameVLAN.IfVLANpruningisenabledonthetrunk,theallowedVLANsmust
bethesameonbothsidesoftheEtherChannel.

Question2 0/2points

Fillintheblank.Donotuseabbreviations.
Whichcommanddisplaysonlyonelineofinformationperportchannel?

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu (Vousnavezpasfourniderponse)

Bonnerponse showetherchannelsummary

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.2.2
Whenseveralportchannelinterfacesareconfiguredonthesamedevice,usethe
showetherchannelsummarycommandtodisplayasinglelineofinformationper
portchannel.


Sansrponse Question3 0/2points

Refertotheexhibit.Onthebasisoftheoutputthatisshown,whatcanbedeterminedabout
theEtherChannelbundle?

TheEtherChannelbundleisdown.

TheEtherChannelbundleisoperatingatbothLayer2andLayer3.

TwoGigabitEthernetportsareusedtoformtheEtherChannel.

Bonnerponse ACiscoproprietaryprotocolwasusedtonegotiatetheEtherChannellink.

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.2.2
Twoprotocolscanbeusedtosendnegotiationframesthatareusedtotryto
establishanEtherChannellink:PAgPandLACP.PAgPisCiscoproprietary,and
LACPadherestotheindustrystandard.


Sansrponse Question4 0/2points

WhichstatementistrueaboutEtherChanneltechnology?

AllconfigurationtasksmustbedoneontheindividualportsintheEtherChannellink.
Bonnerponse EtherChannelusesexistingswitchports.

LinksmustbeupgradedtosupportEtherChannel.

STPdoesnotrunonredundantEtherChannellinks.

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.1
EtherChannelreliesonexistingswitchports,sothereisnoneedtoupgradethe
links.Someconfigurationtasksaredoneonindividualportsandsomeconfiguration
tasksaredoneontheEtherChannelgroup.STPoperatesonEtherChannelinthe
samemannerasitdoesonotherredundantlinks.

Sansrponse Question5 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.AnadministratorwantstoformanEtherChannelbetweenthetwo
switchesbyusingthePortAggregationProtocol.IfswitchS1isconfiguredtobeinauto
mode,whichmodeshouldbeconfiguredonS2toformtheEtherChannel?

on

auto

Bonnerponse desirable

off

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.2
AnEtherChannelwillbeformedviaPAgPwhenbothswitchesareinonmodeor
whenoneofthemisinautoordesirablemodeandtheotherisindesirablemode.

Sansrponse Question6 0/2points

WhatarethreeadvantagesofusingEtherChanneltechnology?(Choosethree.)

EtherChannelusesmultiplelogicallinkstoprovideredundancy.

Bonnerponse ConfigurationtaskscanbedoneontheEtherChannelinterface.

Bonnerponse Thereisnoneedtoupgradelinkstofasterconnectionstoincreasebandwidth.

LoadbalancingisnotneededwithEtherChannel.


TheSpanningTreeProtocolshutsdowntheunusedinterfacesinthebundletoavoidloops.

Bonnerponse
Aspanningtreerecalculationisnotrequiredwhenasinglelinkwithinthechannelgoesdown.

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.1
MostconfigurationtaskscanbedoneontheEtherChannelinterface,ratherthanon
individualports.Existingportscanbeused,eliminatingtheneedtoupgradeportsto
fasterspeeds.SpanningTreeProtocolrunsonEtherChannellinksinthesame
mannerasitdoesonregularlinks,butitdoesnotrecalculatewhenanindividuallink
withinthechannelgoesdown.EtherChannelalsosupportsloadbalancing.


Sansrponse Question7 0/2points

WhenarangeofportsisbeingconfiguredforEtherChannel,whichmodewillconfigure
PAgPsothatitinitiatestheEtherChannelnegotiation?

active

auto

Bonnerponse desirable

passive
Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.2
ThecommandchannelgroupmodeactiveenablesLACPunconditionally,andthe
commandchannelgroupmodepassiveenablesLACPonlyiftheportreceivesan
LACPpacketfromanotherdevice.Thecommandchannelgroupmodedesirable
enablesPAgPunconditionally,andthecommandchannelgroupmodeauto
enablesPAgPonlyiftheportreceivesaPAgPpacketfromanotherdevice.


Sansrponse Question8 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.AnadministratortriedtoimplementanEtherChannelbetweentwo
switchesbygroupingthesixphysicalportsasshown.However,theadministratorwasnot
successful.Whatisthereasonforthat?

AnEtherChannellinkcanonlybecreatedbetweenLayer3switches.

Bonnerponse AnEtherChannellinkcanonlybeformedbygroupinginterfacesofthesametype.

AnEtherChannellinkcanonlybeimplementedonGigabitEthernetinterfaces.

AnEtherChannellinkcanonlybeimplementedonFastEthernetinterfaces.

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.2
FastEthernetandGigabitEthernetinterfacescannotbecombinedintoasingle
EtherChannelinterface.Theinterfacesmustallbeofthesametype.EtherChannel
linkscanbeconfiguredonLayer2andLayer3switches.

Sansrponse Question9 0/2points


WhichthreeinterfaceparametersmustmatchforanEtherChanneltoform?(Choosethree.)

Bonnerponse allowedVLANs

EtherChannelmode

Bonnerponse nativeVLAN

PortFastmode

spanningtreestate

Bonnerponse trunkingmode

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.2.2
TherearesomeEtherChannelmodesthatcanbedifferentandanEtherChannelwill
form,suchasauto/desirableandactive/passive.Aportthatiscurrentlyinthe
spanningtreeblockingmodeorhasbeenconfiguredforPortFastcanstillbeused
toformanEtherChannel.


Sansrponse Question10 0/2points

WhichtwoprotocolsareusedtoimplementEtherChannel?(Choosetwo.)

SpanningTreeProtocol

RapidSpanningTreeProtocol

Bonnerponse PortAggregationProtocol

Bonnerponse LinkAggregationControlProtocol

CiscoDiscoveryProtocol
Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.2
PortAggregationProtocolandLinkAggregationControlProtocolareusedto
implementEtherChannel.SpanningTreeandRapidSpanningTreeProtocolare
usedtopreventswitchingloops.CiscoDiscoveryProtocolisCiscoproprietaryand
isusedtodiscoveryinformationaboutadjacentCiscodevicessuchasmodel
numberandIPaddress.
Chapter4Quiz
chance Pasdchance Points 26 Questions 13 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksChapter4.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form27354

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

DERNIRE Tentative1 moinsd1minute 0sur26

Envoyle30Sept9:43

Sansrponse Question1 0/2points

Whichtworecommendationsshouldanadministratorfollowwhenplanningthelocationof
multipleAPs?(Choosetwo.)

PositionAPshorizontallyneartheceilinginthecenterofeachcoveragearea,ifpossible.

Bonnerponse PositionAPsinlocationswhereusersareexpectedtobe.

AnESSshouldhave20to25percentoverlapbetweenBSAsinanESS.

Overlapchannelstoprovideroamingcapability.

Bonnerponse AlwaysconsultthespecificationsfortheAPwhenplanningforcoverageareas.
Refertocurriculumtopic:4.2.3
Somerecommendationsare:
PositionAPsverticallyneartheceilinginthecenterofeachcoveragearea,if
possible.
PositionAPsinlocationswhereusersareexpectedtobe.Forexample,
conferenceroomsaretypicallyabetterlocationforAPsthanahallway.
AlwaysconsultthespecificationsfortheAPwhenplanningforcoverageareas.
ABSArepresentsthecoverageareathatisprovidedbyasinglechannel.An
ESSshouldhavea10to15percentoverlapincoverageareabetweenBSAsin
anESS.Witha15percentoverlapbetweenBSAs,anSSID,andnon
overlappingchannels(i.e.,onecellonchannel1andtheotheronchannel6),
roamingcapabilitycanbecreated.

Question2 0/2points

Fillintheblank.

Knownas"WiGig",theIEEE802.11 standardprovidesaverage

speedsofupto7Gb/s,butwillswitchtoalowerGHzbandwhenroamingisemployed.

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu (Vousnavezpasfourniderponse)

Bonnerponse ad

Bonnerponse Ad

Bonnerponse AD

Refertocurriculumtopic:4.1.1


Sansrponse Question3 0/2points

WhatWiFimanagementframeisregularlybroadcastbyAPstoannouncetheirpresence?
probe

Bonnerponse beacon

association

authentication

Refertocurriculumtopic:4.2.1
BeaconframesarebroadcastperiodicallybytheAPtoadvertiseitswireless
networkstopotentialclients.Probing,association,andauthenticationframesare
onlysentwhenaclientisassociatingtotheAP.


Sansrponse Question4 0/2points

AnIEEE802.11nnetworkhasbeenconfiguredformixedmodeandhasclientsthatare
using802.11nand802.11gradiosonthenetwork.The802.11nclientsarecomplainingof
slowerthannormalspeeds.Whatistheproblem?

Bonnerponse Thisisthenormalbehaviorofamixedmodenetwork.

Theaccesspointisfailing.

Theauthenticationisnotallowingroaming.

Roamingbetweenaccesspointsisdisabled.

Refertocurriculumtopic:4.2.2
Themixedsettingcanslowdowncommunication.Whenalltheclientsthatare
connectingtotherouterareusing802.11n,thentheyallenjoythebetterdatarates
thatareprovided.If802.11gclientsassociatewiththeAP,thenallofthefaster
clientsthatarecontendingforthechannelhavetowaitfor802.11gclientstoclear
thechannelbeforethosefasterclientscantransmit.


Sansrponse Question5 0/2points
WhichcombinationofWLANauthenticationandencryptionisrecommendedasabest
practiceforhomeusers?

WEPandTKIP

Bonnerponse WPA2andAES

EAPandAES

WPAandPSK

WEPandRC4

Refertocurriculumtopic:4.3.2
WPA2istheWiFiallianceversionof802.11i,theindustrystandardfor
authentication.NeitherWEPnorWPApossessthelevelofauthenticationprovided
byWPA2.AESalignswithWPA2asanencryptionstandard,andisstrongerthan
TKIPorRC4.PSKreferstopresharedpasswords,anauthenticationmethodthat
canbeusedbyeitherWPAorWPA2.EAPisintendedforusewithenterprise
networkswhichuseaRADIUSserver.

Question6 0/2points

Matchthewirelesstechnologiestothecorrectdescriptions.(Notalloptionsareused.)

Vousavezrpondu WiFi


Bonnerponse providesnetworkaccess
withinahomewith
connectivitydistancesof
upto300meters

Vousavezrpondu Bluetooth


Bonnerponse usesdevicepairingto
communicateover
distancesofupto100
meters

Vousavezrpondu satellitebroadband


Bonnerponse usefulinremoteareas,but
requiresaclearlineof
sight

Vousavezrpondu WiMAX


Bonnerponse analternativetocableand
DSLthatcan
communicateover
distancesupto50km

OtherIncorrectMatchOptions:
usesavarietyoftelecommunicationstandardsaspartofmobilecommunication
technology

Refertocurriculumtopic:4.1.1


Sansrponse Question7 0/2points

WhatisacharacteristicofaYagiantennathatisusedbyCiscoAironetAccessPoints?

Itprovides360degreecoverage.

Bonnerponse ItcanbeusedforlongdistanceWiFinetworking.

Itisalsoreferredtoasa"rubberduck"design.

IthasthesamecharacteristicsasanomnidirectionalWiFiantenna.
Refertocurriculumtopic:4.1.2
Yagiantennasareatypeofdirectionalradioantennathatcanbeusedforlong
distanceWiFinetworking.Theyaretypicallyusedtoextendtherangeofoutdoor
hotspotsinaspecificdirection,owingtotheirhighgain.OmnidirectionalWiFi
antennasarealsoreferredasa"rubberduck"designandprovide360degree
coverage.


Sansrponse Question8 0/2points

WhichwirelessRFbanddoIEEE802.11b/gdevicesuse?

900MHz

Bonnerponse 2.4GHz

5GHz

60GHz

Refertocurriculumtopic:4.1.1
900MHzisanFCCwirelesstechnologythatwasusedbeforedevelopmentofthe
802.11standards.900MHzdeviceshavealargercoveragerangethanthehigher
frequencieshaveanddonotrequirelineofsightbetweendevices.802.11b/g/n/ad
devicesalloperateat2.4GHz.802.11a/n/ac/addevicesoperateat5GHz,and
802.11addevicesoperateat60GHz.


Sansrponse Question9 0/2points

Thecompanyhandbookstatesthatemployeescannothavemicrowaveovensintheir
offices.Instead,allemployeesmustusethemicrowaveovenslocatedintheemployee
cafeteria.Whatwirelesssecurityriskisthecompanytryingtoavoid?

Bonnerponse accidentalinterference
improperlyconfigureddevices

interceptionofdata

rogueaccesspoints

Refertocurriculumtopic:4.3.1
Denialofserviceattackscanbetheresultofimproperlyconfigureddeviceswhich
candisabletheWLAN.Accidentalinterferencefromdevicessuchasmicrowave
ovensandcordlessphonescanimpactboththesecurityandperformanceofa
WLAN.Maninthemiddleattackscanallowanattackertointerceptdata.Rogue
accesspointscanallowunauthorizeduserstoaccessthewirelessnetwork.


Sansrponse Question10 0/2points

Whattypeofframesareusedforadvertising,authenticating,andassociatingwithawireless
AP?

data

control

Bonnerponse management

acknowledgment

Refertocurriculumtopic:4.2.1
Managementframesincludeprobes,associationframes,andauthenticationframes
andareusedtofacilitateconnectivitybetweenaclientandanaccesspoint.

Question11 0/2points

Fillintheblank.
AnetworkadministratordiscoversarogueAPinthenetwork.TherogueAPiscapturing
trafficandthenforwardingitontothelegitimateAP.Thistypeofattackisknownasa

attack.

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu (Vousnavezpasfourniderponse)

Bonnerponse maninmiddle

Bonnerponse maninmiddle

Bonnerponse maninthemiddle

Bonnerponse MiM

Bonnerponse maninthemiddle

Bonnerponse maninthemiddle

Bonnerponse MITM

Refertocurriculumtopic:4.3.1
AmaninthemiddleattackinvolvesthedeploymentofarogueAPinagiven
network.UsertrafficisnowsenttotherogueAP,whichinturncapturesthedata
andforwardsittothelegitimateAP.ReturntrafficfromthelegitimateAPissentto
therogueAP,captured,andthenforwardedtotheunsuspectingclient.Theattacker
canstealthepasswordandpersonalinformationoftheuser,gainnetworkaccess,
andcompromisethesystemoftheuser.

Sansrponse Question12 0/2points

WhichstatementdescribesanESS?

AnESSconsistsoftwoormoreBSSsthatareinterconnectedwirelesslybyaDS.

BluetoothisanexampleofESSinfrastructuremode.

Bonnerponse ItinvolvesseveralBSSsthatarejoinedthroughacommondistributionsystem.

AnESSisaconnectionofaBSStoanadhocwirelessnetwork.
Refertocurriculumtopic:4.1.3
AnESSconsistsoftwoormoreBSSsthatareinterconnectedbyawiredDS.
Bluetoothisanexampleofadhocmode.


Sansrponse Question13 0/2points

IfanadministratoristroubleshootingaWLANusingabottomupapproach,whichaction
wouldbetakenfirst?

UpdatethefirmwareontheAP.

Makesurealldevicesarepoweredon.

PingtheAP.

VerifythattheGUIinterfaceisaccessiblefromaclient.

Refertocurriculumtopic:4.4.3
Bottomuptroubleshootingbeginswiththephysicallayer.Cablesandpowerwould
bealogicalplacetobegintheprocess.ICMP(ping)isanetworklayerutility.
Channelsettingsarepartoftheclientsoftware.Firmwareistheoperatingsystem
softwareusedbytheAP.
Chapter5Quiz
chance Pasdchance Points 26 Questions 13 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksChapter5.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form28763

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

DERNIRE Tentative1 moinsd1minute 0sur26

Envoyle30Sept9:43

Question1 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.Fillintheblank.Donotuseabbreviations.
Thecommand isusedtodisplayonlyOSPFv3learnedroutes.

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu (Vousnavezpasfourniderponse)

Bonnerponse showipv6routeospf

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.2.3

Sansrponse Question2 0/2points

ConsidertheR1(configif)#ipospfmessagedigestkey1md5CISCO123command.
WhatisthefunctionoftheCISCO123portionofthecommand?

Bonnerponse Itisusedasapassword.

Itisusedasthekeyindex.

Itisusedtochoosethetypeofauthentication.

ItisusedtonametheOSPFv2process.

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.4
TheR1(configif)#ipospfmessagedigestkey1md5CISCO123command
enablesMD5authenticationforagiveninterfaceonarouterthatisrunning
OSPFv2.TheCISCO123portionisthepassword.


Sansrponse Question3 0/2points

Refertotheexhibit.Whichcommanddidanadministratorissuetoproducethisoutput?

R1#showipospf

R1#showipospfneighbor

Bonnerponse R1#showipospfinterfaceserial0/0/1

R1#showiprouteospf

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.2.2


Sansrponse Question4 0/2points

Whichthreeparametersshouldmatchinorderforapairofrouterstoformanadjacency
whenrunningOSPFv2?(Choosethree.)

routerID

OSPFv2processnumber

Bonnerponse OSPFv2typeofnetwork
Bonnerponse hellotimer

interfacepriority

Bonnerponse subnetmask

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.2.1
ForacoupleofroutersthatarerunningOSPFv2toformanadjacency,thefollowing
parametersmustmatch:subnetmask,networktype,helloanddeadtimers,a
correspondingnetworkcommand,andtheauthenticationinformation.


Sansrponse Question5 0/2points

WhatstatementdescribesthereferencebandwidthinOSPFv3?

Itpreventstherouterfromautomaticallyadjustingthebandwidth.

Itincreasesthespeedofthelinktoaccommodateincreasingdemandsforbandwidth.

Bonnerponse Itshouldbechangediflinksfasterthan100Mb/sexistintheOSPFnetwork.

Itissetto1Gb/sbydefault.

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.3.1
ThedefaultreferencebandwidthforOSPFis100Mb/s(FastEthernetspeed).
However,mostmoderninfrastructuredeviceshavelinksthatarefasterthan100
Mb/s.Withthedefaultsetting,alllinkswithtransmissionspeedsof100Mb/sor
higherhaveacostof1.ThisresultsinFastEthernet,GigabitEthernet,
and10GEthernetinterfacesallhavingthesamecost.Therefore,thereference
bandwidthmustbechangedtoahighervaluetoaccommodatenetworkswithlinks
fasterthat100Mb/s.

Question6 0/2points
Fillintheblank.Donotuseabbreviations.

The commandisusedwhenconfiguringanOSPFv2routerto

redistributeonlyastaticdefaultroute.

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu (Vousnavezpasfourniderponse)

Bonnerponse defaultinformationoriginate

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.3


Sansrponse Question7 0/2points

WhichcommandwillverifythatarouterrunningOSPFv3hasreceivedaredistributeddefault
staticroutefromanotherOSPFv3router?

defaultinformationoriginate

redistributestatic

Bonnerponse showipv6route

showiproute

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.2
OSPFv3isusedforIPv6routing.Whenthedefaultrouteisredistributed,
neighboringrouterswilldisplaytheroutesourceasOE2intheirIPv6routingtables.
TheshowiproutecommandisusedtodisplaytheIPv4routingtable.Thedefault
informationoriginatecommandisusedinthesourceOSPFv3routertoinitiatethe
staticrouteredistribution.EIGRPusestheredistributestaticcommand.

Sansrponse Question8 0/2points


WhatisonereasontousetheipospfprioritycommandwhentheOSPFroutingprotocolis
inuse?

toactivatetheOSPFneighboringprocess

Bonnerponse toinfluencetheDR/BDRelectionprocess

toprovideabackdoorforconnectivityduringtheconvergenceprocess

tostreamlineandspeeduptheconvergenceprocess

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.2

Question9 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.Fillintheblank.Useanumber.

TheprocessIDthatisusedforOSPFv3ontherouterR1is

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu (Vousnavezpasfourniderponse)

Bonnerponse ten
Bonnerponse 10

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.2.3

Question10 0/2points

MatchtheOSPFadjacencyfunctionwiththecorrectstate.(Notalloptionsareused.)

Vousavezrpondu Routersreceivehellopacketsthat

containtherouterIDofthe
neighboringdevice.


Bonnerponse Initstate

Vousavezrpondu OnEthernetlinks,adesignated

router(DR)andabackup
designatedrouter(BDR)is
elected.


Bonnerponse TwoWaystate

Vousavezrpondu RoutersexchangeDBDpackets.


Bonnerponse Exchangestate

OtherIncorrectMatchOptions:
Fullstate

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.2.1
TheFullstateindicatesthattheroutersinthedomainhaveconverged.


Sansrponse Question11 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.ThesefourroutersareconnectedtogetheronthesameLANsegment.
Basedontheoutputshown,whichoftheserouterswillbeelectedtobetheDRforthe
segment?

R1

Bonnerponse R2

R3

R4

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.1
Therouterwiththehighestpriorityiselectedasthedesignatedrouter(DR).
BecausebothR1andR2havethesamepriority(20),therouterIDmustbeusedas
thetiebreaker.R2hasthehigherrouterID(2.2.2.2),soitiselectedastheDR.


Sansrponse Question12 0/2points

Refertotheexhibit.R1andR3areconnectedtoeachotherviathelocalserial0/0/0
interface.Whyaretheynotforminganadjacency?

Bonnerponse Theyareindifferentsubnets.

Theyhavedifferentroutingprocesses.

TheyhavedifferentrouterIDs.

Theconnectinginterfacesareconfiguredaspassive.

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.2.2
Theroutersneedtobeinthesamesubnetinordertoformanadjacency.The
routingprocessescanbedifferentoneachrouter.TherouterIDsmustbedifferent
forroutersthatparticipateinthesameroutingdomain.Theinterfacesarenot
passive.


Sansrponse Question13 0/2points

HereisalinktothePTActivity .

OpenthePTActivity.Performthetasksintheactivityinstructionsandthenanswerthe
question.

WhichroutersaretheDRandBDRinthistopology?
DR:R1BDR:R2

DR:R6BDR:R5

DR:R5BDR:R3

DR:R3BDR:R6

DR:R4BDR:R1

DR:R3BDR:R5

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.1
OnceOSPFneighboradjacencieshaveformed,usetheshowipospfneighbors
commandtodeterminewhichrouterwaselectedtheDRandwhichrouterwas
electedtheBDR.Inthisscenario,R3waselectedtheDRbecauseithadthehighest
priority(10).R5waselectedtheBDRbecauseithadthehighestrouterIDamong
eligiblerouters(5.5.5.5).R6wasnoteligibletobecometheBDRbecauseitspriority
wassetto0.
Chapter6Quiz
chance Pasdchance Points 28 Questions 14 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksChapter6.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form28765

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

CONSERVE Tentative1 8minutes 13,8sur28

DERNIRE Tentative2 1minute 0sur28

Tentative1 8minutes 13,8sur28

Envoyle30Sept9:44

Sansrponse Question1 0/2points

Whichtypeofroutingtableentrywouldindicatethatanexternalroutewasredistributedinto
themultiareaOSPFprocess?

OIA

Bonnerponse OE2

S
C

Refertocurriculumtopic:6.1.3
AnOroutingtableentryindicatesaroute,fromwithinthesamearea,thatwas
learnedthroughOSPFupdates.AnOIArouteisaroutefromanotherOSPFarea.
AnOE2orOE1routeisanexternalroute,suchasoneredistributedfromRIP,
EIGRP,orastaticroute,thatwasredistributedintotheOSPFprocess.AnSentryis
forastaticroute.ACentryrepresentsadirectlyconnectednetwork.


Sansrponse Question2 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.WhyaresomeoftheentriesmarkedOIA?

Bonnerponse Theycorrespondtoentriesthatarelearnedfromotherareas.

Theycorrespondtoentriesthatarelearnedfromotherroutingprotocols.

Theyrepresentsummaryroutesthatareinternaltothearea.

Theyaredefaultroutesthatarelearnedfromotherroutingprotocols.
Refertocurriculumtopic:6.1.3
RoutesinamultiareaOSPFIPv4routingtablearelabeledwithan"O"iftheyare
intraarea,internalrouteswith"OE1"or"OE2"iftheyareexternalroutesandwith
"OIA"iftheyareinterarearoutes.OIArouteshavebeenlearnedbytheABRfrom
externalLSAs.TheABRthenfloodsthemintothearea.

Question3 0/2points

MatchtheOSPFLSAtypestotheirdescriptions.(Notalloptionsareused.)

Vousavezrpondu LSAtype1


Bonnerponse includingalistofdirectly
attachednetworkprefixes
andlinktype

Vousavezrpondu LSAtype2


Bonnerponse identifyingtheroutersand
thenetworkaddressofthe
multiaccesslink

Vousavezrpondu LSAtype3


Bonnerponse advertisingnetworksfrom
otherareasbyABRs

Vousavezrpondu LSAtype4


Bonnerponse advertisinganASBRto
otherareasandproviding
aroutetoit

Vousavezrpondu LSAtype5


Bonnerponse advertisingexternal(non
OSPF)networkaddresses

OtherIncorrectMatchOptions:
advertisingmulticastgroupmemberships

Refertocurriculumtopic:6.1.2
OSPFuseslinkstateadvertisementmessages(LSAs)tobuildtheLSDBand
maintainroutingtables.OSPFroutersuseLSAtypes1to5todescribethe
networkstowhichtheyaredirectlyconnectedornetworkswhichtheylearnedfrom
otherrouters.Thesenetworkscanbelocatedinotherareasorcanalsobefrom
nonOSPFnetworks.SomeLSAsareusedtoidentifyanASBR.WhilemostLSAs
willbefloodedacrossmultipleareas,someLSAsarefloodedonlywithinthearea
wheretheyoriginated.


Sansrponse Question4 0/2points

ArouterhassixnetworksthatareconnectedtoitwithnetworkIDsof192.168.0.0/24,
192.168.1.0/24,192.168.2.0/24,192.168.3.0/24,192.168.4.0/24,and192.168.5.0/24.After
summarizationofthesesixnetworks,howmanyLSAswouldbesenttoadvertisethe
summaryrouteorroutes?

one

Bonnerponse two

three

four

five
six

Refertocurriculumtopic:6.2.2
Thesummaryroutesforthesixnetworkswouldbe192.168.0.0/22and
192.168.4.0/23.OneLSAisneededtoadvertiseeachsummaryroute.


Sansrponse Question5 0/2points

WhichstatementdescribesacharacteristicofconvergenceinanOSPFnetwork?

Onceconverged,aroutercancommunicateonlywithnetworkswithinitsarea.

Bonnerponse
Onceconverged,aroutercancommunicatewithanynetworkwithinoroutsidetheOSPF
autonomoussystem.

Onceconverged,aroutercancommunicateonlywithinitsautonomoussystem.


Onceconverged,aroutercancommunicateonlywithnetworksoutsideitsautonomous
system.

Refertocurriculumtopic:6.1.3
Convergednetworksareabletocommunicatewithinoroutsidetheautonomous
system.


Sansrponse Question6 0/2points

WhichtwostatementsdescribeOSPF?(Choosetwo.)

OSPFperformsautomaticroutesummarizationbydefault.
OSPFmustbeimplementedinathreelayerareahierarchy.

Bonnerponse OSPFrouterswithinanareahavethesamelinkstateinformation.

Bonnerponse OSPFroutersmayhavelargeroutingtablesifroutesarenotsummarized.

OSPFusestheSPFalgorithm,whichrequiresfewCPUcycles.

Refertocurriculumtopic:6.1.1
OSPFrouterswithinthesameareawillhavethesamelinkstatedatabases.Without
routesummarization,OSPFroutersmayhavelargeroutingtables.Thereisno
automaticsummarizationofrouteswithOSPF.OSPFcanbeimplementedina
singleareaorinatwolayermultiareahierarchy.SPFrecalculation,especiallyin
largernetworks,isprocessorintensive.


Sansrponse Question7 0/2points

WithmultiareaOSPF,whichOSPFroutertypehasallinterfacesinthesamearea?

AreaBorderRouter

AutonomousSystemBoundaryRouter

edgerouter

Bonnerponse internalrouter

Refertocurriculumtopic:6.1.1
Aninternalrouterhasallinterfacesinthesamearea.TheAreaBorderRouterand
theAutonomousSystemBoundaryRouterhaveinterfacesinmorethanonearea.
EdgerouterisnotanOSPFroutertype.

Sansrponse Question8 0/2points



Refertotheexhibit.AnetworkadministratorisconfiguringOSPFv2onR1.Whichconclusion
canbedrawnbasedontheconfiguration?

Bonnerponse R1isanABR.

R1hasthelowestrouterIDinitsarea.

R1runsthreeOSPFv2processes.

R1canadvertisethesummaryroute172.16.64.0/25.

Refertocurriculumtopic:6.2.1
R1isjoiningtwoareas,area0andarea1,soitisanABR.TheOSPFprocess
numbercouldbeanynumberanditdoesnotindicatehowmanyOSPFprocesses
arerunning.Because192.168.10.00.0.0.7meansaprefixlengthof/29,thereare8
totalbut6validaddressesforhosts.Therefore,area0couldhaveupto6
routers.R1isadvertising2separatenoncontiguousnetworksfromarea1.

Question9 0/2points

Fillintheblank.Useanumber.

Atype LSAidentifiestheASBRandprovidesaroutetoit.

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu (Vousnavezpasfourniderponse)

Bonnerponse 4
Refertocurriculumtopic:6.1.2


Sansrponse Question10 0/2points

WhataretworeasonsforcreatinganOSPFnetworkwithmultipleareas?(Choosetwo.)

toprovideareasinthenetworkforroutersthatarenotrunningOSPF

toensurethatanareaisusedtoconnectthenetworktotheInternet

Bonnerponse toreduceSPFcalculations

Bonnerponse toreduceuseofmemoryandprocessorresources

tosimplifyconfiguration

Refertocurriculumtopic:6.1.1
IfarouterisnotrunningOSPF,itisnotconfigurablewith
anOSPFarea.OSPFareashavenodirectrelationshipwiththeInternet.Routers
thatrunOSPFcanconnecttotheInternet,butmultipleOSPFareasarenotrequired
forthispurpose.OSPFareashelptodecreasethedemandforroutermemoryand
processingpowerbylimitingOSPFprotocoltraffic,keepinglinkstatedatabases
small,andrequiringfewerSPFrecalculations.MultiareaOSPFrequiresadditional
stepstoconfigureandthereforedoesnotsimplifytheconfigurationprocess.


Sansrponse Question11 0/2points

Refertotheexhibit.AnetworkadministratorisconfiguringOSPFv3onR1.Whichcommand
sequenceisusedtoadvertisethenetworkthatisattachedtoGi0/0?

Bonnerponse R1(config)#interfaceGigabitEthernet0/0
R1(configif)#ipv6ospf3area1

R1(config)#interfaceGigabitEthernet0/0
R1(configif)#ipv6ospfnetwork

R1(config)#routerospf3

R1(config)#ipv6routerospf3
R1(configrtr)#ipv6ospfneighbor2001:db8:acad:A::/64

Refertocurriculumtopic:6.2.1
DifferentfromOSPFv2,OSPFv3doesnotspecifynetworkstobeadvertisedunder
therouterconfigurationmode.OSPFv3enablesanetworktobeinOSPFv3withthe
commandipv6ospfareaundertheinterfaceconfigurationmode.


Sansrponse Question12 0/2points

HereisalinktothePTActivity .

OpenthePTActivity.Performthetasksintheactivityinstructionsandthenanswerthe
question.
WhyareuserswhoareconnectedtorouterR2preventedfromaccessingresourcesthatare
locatedinnetwork192.168.1.0?

ThedefaultrouteisnotredistributedcorrectlyfromrouterR1byOSPF.

TheinterfaceconnectedtotheISProuterisdown.

Bonnerponse TheOSPFnetworkstatementsaremisconfiguredonrouterR3.

TheOSPFtimersthatareconfiguredonroutersR1,R2,andR3arenotcompatible.

TheOSPFnetworkstatementismisconfiguredonrouterR1.
Refertocurriculumtopic:6.2.3
RouteredistributionhasnoimpactonthecommunicationbetweenroutersR2and
R3.AlltheinterfacesonrouterR3areup.TheOSPFtimersaresettodefaultonall
OSPFrouters.TheconfigurationoftheOSPFnetworkstatementonR1iscorrect.


Sansrponse Question13 0/2points

OnwhichtwotypesofOSPFrouterscanroutesummarizationbeconfigured?

internal

Bonnerponse ABR

Bonnerponse ASBR

boundary

Refertocurriculumtopic:6.2.2


Sansrponse Question14 0/2points

WhatisthecorrectorderofstatementsforcalculatingthebestpathinanOSPFnetwork?

A.Allrouterscalculatethebestpathtootherareaswithintheinternetwork.
B.Allrouterscalculatethebestpathtodestinationswithintheirarea.
C.Allrouterscalculatethebestpathtotheexternalautonomoussystemdestinations.

A,B,C

B,C,A

B,A,C

C,A,B
Refertocurriculumtopic:6.1.3
Routersfirstcalculatethebestpathtodestinationswithintheirownarea,thento
otherareaswithintheinternetwork,thentodestinationsexternaltothenetwork.
Chapter7Quiz
chance Pasdchance Points 28 Questions 14 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksChapter7.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form30683

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

DERNIRE Tentative1 1minute 0sur28

Envoyle30Sept9:44

Sansrponse Question1 0/2points

WhattwoconditionswillresultinanEIGRProutegoingintotheactivestate?(Choosetwo.)

Oneneighborhasnotmetthefeasibilitycondition.

Therouterisnotsendingqueries.

Bonnerponse Thesuccessorisdown.

Bonnerponse Thereisnofeasiblesuccessor.

Thenetworkhasbeenrecalculated.
Refertocurriculumtopic:7.3.4
Ifasuccessorisnolongeravailable,andthereisnofeasiblesuccessor,anEIGRP
routewillbeputintotheactivestatewhiletherouteractivelysearchesforanew
pathtothedestination.


Sansrponse Question2 0/2points

WhichprotocolnumberisusedtoindicatethatanEIGRPpacketisencapsulatedinanIP
packet?

17

Bonnerponse 88

89

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.1.3
InanIPpacketheader,thefieldprotocolnumberindicateswhichprotocolisusedin
theencapsulatedPDU.6isTCP,17isUDP,88isEIGRP,and89isOSPF.


Sansrponse Question3 0/2points

WhichdestinationaddressisusedbyEIGRPforIPv6messages?

Bonnerponse theallEIGRProutersmulticastaddress

theIPv6globalunicastaddressoftheneighbor

the32bitrouterIDoftheneighbor

theuniquelocalIPv6addressoftheneighbor
Refertocurriculumtopic:7.4.1
EIGRPforIPv6usestheallEIGRProuterslinklocalmulticastaddressasthe
destinationaddressforEIGRPmessages.


Sansrponse Question4 0/2points

WhataddressandwildcardmaskcanbeusedtoenableEIGRPforonlythesubnet
192.168.100.192255.255.255.192?

192.168.100.1920.0.0.7

192.168.100.1920.0.0.15

Bonnerponse 192.168.100.1920.0.0.63

192.168.100.1920.0.0.127

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.2.1
Thewildcardmaskisessentiallytheinverseofthesubnetmask.Calculatethe
wildcardmaskbysubtractingthesubnetmaskfrom255.255.255.255.Inthis
examplethesubnetmask255.255.255.192issubtractedfrom255.255.255.255
whichleavesawildcardmaskof0.0.0.63.

Question5 0/2points

MatchtheEIGRPpackettypetothefunction.(Notalloptionsareused.)

Vousavezrpondu hello


Bonnerponse usedtoformanEIGRP
neighborrelationship
Vousavezrpondu update


Bonnerponse usedtodistributerouting
information

Vousavezrpondu acknowledgment


Bonnerponse usedtoconfirmthe
reliabledeliveryofa
packet

Vousavezrpondu reply


Bonnerponse usedinresponsetoan
EIGRPenabledrouter
searchingforanetwork

OtherIncorrectMatchOptions:
usedtosearchforanalternatepath

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.1.2
EIGRPupdatepacketsareusedtopropagateroutinginformationtootherrouters.
EIGRPhellopacketsareusedtoformandmaintainneighborrelationshipsbetween
EIGRPenabledrouters.EIGRPacknowledgmentpacketsareusedwhenreliable
deliveryisusedandaconfirmationneedstobereturned.EIGRPreplypacketsare
usedinresponsetoaquerypacket,whichsearchesforaroutetoaspecific
destinationnetwork.

Sansrponse Question6 0/2points

WhichtwoprotocolsareallowedtoberoutedbyEIGRPasaconsequenceofthePDM
feature?(Choosetwo.)

Bonnerponse IPv4
TCP

Bonnerponse IPv6

UDP

RTP

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.1.1
Protocoldependentmodules(PDM)allowEIGRPtorouteforvariousLayer3
protocolpackets.TCPandUDPareLayer4protocolsandRTPisusedbyEIGRP
toguaranteedeliveryofpackets.


Sansrponse Question7 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.Whatdoesthevalue2816representintheoutputdisplay?

feasibledistance

shortestdistance

Bonnerponse reporteddistance

administrativedistance
Refertocurriculumtopic:7.3.3
Thevalue2816in(2170112/2816)isthe"reporteddistance,"themetricofthe
neighborrouter(192.168.1.6)toreachthedestinationnetwork.Thevalue2170112
isthefeasiblemetriccosttoreachthedestinationnetwork.


Sansrponse Question8 0/2points

WhichtwovaluesareincludedbydefaultinthecalculationofanEIGRPmetric?(Choose
two.)

load

Bonnerponse delay

reliability

Bonnerponse bandwidth

hopcount

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.3.2
Bydefault,onlybandwidthanddelayareusedinthecalculationofanEIGRP
metric.ThisisdonebysettingK1andK3to1,whileK2,K4,andK5aresetto0,by
default.


Sansrponse Question9 0/2points

WhichmulticastaddressdoesanEIGRPenabledrouterusetosendquerypackets?

Bonnerponse 224.0.0.10

224.0.0.9

224.0.0.12
224.0.0.5

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.1.1
224.0.0.10isthereservedIPv4multicastaddressthatisusedbyEIGRP.

Sansrponse Question10 0/2points

WhichbandwidthvalueisusedwhencalculatingtheEIGRPmetricofaroute?

thefastestbandwidthofallinterfacesontherouter

theslowestbandwidthofallinterfacesontherouter

thefastestbandwidthofalloutgoinginterfacesbetweenthesourceanddestination

Bonnerponse theslowestbandwidthofalloutgoinginterfacesbetweenthesourceanddestination

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.3.2
ThebandwidthfactorthatisusedtocalculatethecompositemetricoftheEIGRPis
definedastheslowestbandwidthofalloutgoinginterfacesbetweenthesourceand
destination.

Sansrponse Question11 0/2points



Refertotheexhibit.AnetworkadministratorisverifyingtheEIGRPconfiguration.Which
conclusioncanbedrawn?

Bonnerponse Subnettednetworksareincludedinrouteupdates.

Metricweightvalueshavebeenchangedfromtheirdefaultvalues.

Thereare90internalnetworksand170externalnetworksintheroutingtable.


Upto4pathstothesamedestinationwithdifferentcostscanbeincludedintheroutingtable.

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.2.2
Theentry"Automaticnetworksummarizationisnotineffect"indicatesthatthe
commandnoautosummaryisentered,whichmeanssubnettednetworks(froma
majornetwork)areincludedinrouteupdates.Themetricvalueskeepthedefault
values.Thenumbers90and170indicatetheadministrativedistances.Therouting
tablecancontainupto4equalcostpathstoadestinationnetworkbecausethe
maximummetricvarianceparameteris1.

Question12 0/2points
MatchthetypesofEIGRProutestothecorrectdefaultadministrativedistances.(Notall
optionsareused.)

Vousavezrpondu summary


Bonnerponse 5

Vousavezrpondu internal


Bonnerponse 90

Vousavezrpondu external


Bonnerponse 170

OtherIncorrectMatchOptions:
110

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.3.1
EIGRPusesdifferentadministrativedistancesforeachtypeofsourcefortherouting
information.Thedefaultvaluesusedforsummary,internal,andexternalroutesare
respectively5,90,and170.


Sansrponse Question13 0/2points

Inthecommandroutereigrp100,whatdoesthevalue100represent?

Bonnerponse theautonomoussystemnumber

therouterID
theadministrativedistance

themetric

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.2.1
Fortheroutereigrpcommand,thenumberthatfollowsrepresentstheautonomous
systemtowhichtheEIGRPprocessbelongs.AllrouterswithintheEIGRProuting
domainmustusethissameautonomoussystemnumber.

Sansrponse Question14 0/2points

WhichaddresswillEIGRPforIPv6useastherouterID?

thehighestlinklocaladdressthatisconfiguredonanyenabledinterface

thehighestinterfaceMACaddress

thehighestIPv4addressthatisconfiguredonanyenabledinterface

thehighestIPv6addressthatisconfiguredonanyenabledinterface

Refertocurriculumtopic:7.4.1
EIGRPforIPv6usesthesamerouterIDasEIGRPforIPv4uses.The32bit
numbercanbeconfiguredwiththerouteridcommandorautomaticallyassigned
fromthehighestIPv4addressonanenabledinterface.
Chapter8Quiz
chance Pasdchance Points 26 Questions 13 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksChapter8.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form28705

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

DERNIRE Tentative1 1minute 0sur26

Envoyle30Sept9:44

Sansrponse Question1 0/2points

WhatisadisadvantageofusingEIGRPautomaticsummarization?

Itpreventsconvergenceoftheroutingtable.

Bonnerponse Itcreatesinconsistentroutingwhenthenetworkhasdiscontiguousnetworks.

Itincreasesthesizeofroutingupdates.

Itincreasesthenumberofroutesintheroutingtable.
Refertocurriculumtopic:8.2.3
Whenanorganizationhasdiscontiguousnetworks,automaticsummarizationcan
causeinconsistentrouting.Automaticsummarizationdoesnotpreventconvergence
oftheroutingtablenordoesitincreasethesizeofroutingupdates.

Question2 0/2points

Matchthegroupofnetworkstobesummarizedtothesummarynetworkaddress.(Notall
optionsareused.)

Vousavezrpondu 10.0.1.0/24,10.0.2.0/24,10.0.3.0/24


Bonnerponse 10.0.0.0/22

Vousavezrpondu 172.16.30.0/24,172.16.32.0/24,

172.16.33.0/24


Bonnerponse 172.16.0.0/18

Vousavezrpondu 2001:DB8:ACAD::/48,

2001:DB8:9001::/48,
2001:DB8:8752::/49


Bonnerponse 2001:DB8:8000::/34

OtherIncorrectMatchOptions:
2001:DB8:8000::/36
172.16.0.0/20
10.0.0.0/23

Refertocurriculumtopic:8.1.2

Sansrponse Question3 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.WhileverifyingEIGRPonarouter,anetworktechnicianissueda
commandwhichproducedtheoutputthatisshownintheexhibit.Whichcommanddidthe
technicianuse?

showipinterfacesbrief

Bonnerponse showipeigrpinterfaces

showipeigrpneighborsdetail

showipeigrptopology

showipprotocols

Refertocurriculumtopic:8.2.2
Theoutputintheexhibitistheresultofusingtheshowipeigrpinterfaces
command.


Sansrponse Question4 0/2points

Refertotheexhibit.Whichcommandwasusedtogeneratethisoutput?

showipeigrpneighbors

showipeigrptopologyalllinks

showipeigrptraffic

Bonnerponse showipprotocols

Refertocurriculumtopic:8.1.1
Thiscommandisusedtoverifywhichroutingprotocolisconfigured,theASnumber,
andwhetherautomaticsummarizationisenabled.

Sansrponse Question5 0/2points

HereisalinktothePTActivity .

OpenthePTActivity.Performthetasksintheactivityinstructionsandthenanswerthe
question.

WhyareusersonswitchS1unabletoconnecttousersonswitchS2?

Bonnerponse TheEIGRPprocessIDsissuedonR2areincorrect.

ThepassiveinterfacecommandispreventingneighborrelationshipsonR2.

TheIPv6addressonSerial0/0/0ofR2isinthewrongsubnet.


TheoutputfromshowipinterfacebriefshowsthatnoIPaddresseshavebeenconfigured.
Refertocurriculumtopic:8.2.2
TherouterR2iscurrentlyconfiguredintheEIGRP65routingdomain.Theother
routersarebothrunningEIGRP55tosharetheirdirectlyconnectednetworks.
RouterR2shouldhavetheEIGRP55processcreatedandenabledonbothserial
interfaces.


Sansrponse Question6 0/2points

Whenwouldthenetworkadministratorusetheipbandwidthpercenteigrpasnumber
percentcommand?

Bonnerponse whenthereisalowbandwidthconnection

whentheconnectionisonasharedmedium

whentheconnectionisserialinsteadofEthernet

whenthelinkisalwaysbusy

Refertocurriculumtopic:8.1.4
Bydefault,EIGRPwilluseonlyupto50percentofaninterface'sbandwidthfor
EIGRPinformation.ThispreventstheEIGRPprocessfromoverutilizingalinkand
notallowingenoughbandwidthfortheroutingofnormaltraffic.However,ifa
connectionisinlowbandwidth,theupto50percentbandwidthmaynotbeableto
keepuptheEIGRPinformationexchange.Theipbandwidthpercenteigrp
commandcanbeusedtoconfigurethepercentageofbandwidththatmaybeused
byEIGRPonaninterfaceinsuchascenario.

Question7 0/2points

Fillintheblank.
RouterR1hasthreeFastEthernetinterfacesdirectlyconnectedtoLANswithnetwork
addresses192.168.10.0/27,192.168.10.32/27,and192.168.10.64/27.ToconfigureEIGRP
manualsummarizationonaserialinterfacethatwillbesenttotheEIGRPneighborofR1,
theipsummaryaddresseigrp100 commandhastobeissued

withininterfaceconfigurationmode.

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu (Vousnavezpasfourniderponse)

Bonnerponse 192.168.10.0255.255.255.128

Refertocurriculumtopic:8.1.2
Stepstocalculateasummaryroute:
1)Countthenumberofmatchingbitsconvertingthenetworkstobesummarizedin
binary:
192.168.10.011000000.10101000.00001010.00000000
192.168.10.3211000000.10101000.00001010.00100000
192.168.10.6411000000.10101000.00001010.01000000
===>25matchingbits:a/25subnetprefixor255.255.255.128subnetmask

2)Copythematchingbits,25inthiscase,andaddall0bitstotheendtomake32
bitstofindthenetworkaddressforsummarization:192.168.10.0/25or192.168.10.0
255.255.255.128

Question8 0/2points

Fillintheblank.

AnIPv6defaultrouteisrepresentedby .

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu (Vousnavezpasfourniderponse)

Bonnerponse ::/0

Refertocurriculumtopic:8.1.3
TheIPv6address::/0issimilartoIPv4address0.0.0.00.0.0.0(or0.0.0.0/0)

Sansrponse Question9 0/2points

AnetworkadministratorisanalyzingthedifferencesbetweenanEIGRPholdtimerand
EIGRPhellointerval.WhatstatementisvalidaboutEIGRPhelloandholdtimers?

Bonnerponse EIGRPhellointervalsshouldbelessthanorequaltoEIGRPholdtimers.


EIGRPhellointervalsandholdtimersmustmatchbetweenEIGRPneighborstoforman
EIGRPadjacency.


EIGRPholdtimersspecifytheminimumtimethattheroutershouldwaittosendthenexthello.


EIGRPhellotimersspecifythemaximumtimethattheroutershouldwaittoreceivethenext
hello.

Refertocurriculumtopic:8.1.4
EIGRPhellointervalsshouldbelessthanorequaltoEIGRPholdtimers.Ahello
shouldbereceivedbeforetheholdtimerhasexpired.WhentheEIGRPholdtimer
hasexpired,theneighboradjacencywillgodown.EIGRPhellointervalsandhold
timersdonothavetomatchfortworouterstoformanEIGRPadjacency.

Sansrponse Question10 0/2points

WhatisthepurposeoftheEIGRPNull0summaryroute?

toenhancesecuritybyhidingallinternalnetworksthatareincludedinasummaryroute

Bonnerponse
topreventroutingloopsfordestinationnetworkswhichdonotactuallyexistbutareincludedin
asummaryroute

toreducebandwidthconsumptionfortrafficthatisleavingthenetwork
toensurethatalltrafficdestinedforindividualsubnetsusesonesinglebestpath

Refertocurriculumtopic:8.1.1
TheNull0interfacerepresentsaroutetonowhere.Usingarouteto
theNull0interfacepreventsroutingloopsforanydestinationnetworkspresentinthe
summaryroutethatdonotactuallyexist.


Sansrponse Question11 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.EIGRPhasbeenconfiguredonallroutersinthenetwork.Whatisthe
reasonfortherouteinthelastlineoftheroutingtabletobemarkedasDEX?

TherouteisconfiguredasastaticrouteonrouterR1.

Therouteisafeasiblesuccessortothedestination192.168.2.0/24network.

Bonnerponse TherouteislearnedfromanotherroutingprotocolorfromoutsidetheEIGRPnetwork.


Therouteisinthe"Active"stateandwillberemovedfromtheroutingtablein4minutesand
23seconds.
Refertocurriculumtopic:8.1.3
InanEIGRProutingtable,codeDindicatesthattheroutewaslearnedfroman
EIGRProutingupdate.CodeEXindicatesthattherouteisanexternalEIGRProute,
thatis,arouteoutsideoftheEIGRProutingdomain.


Sansrponse Question12 0/2points

WhattwostatementsdescribeEIGRPauthentication?(Choosetwo.)

Bonnerponse EIGRPauthenticationusestheMD5algorithm.

Bonnerponse EIGRPauthenticationusesapresharedkey.

EIGRPauthenticationrequiresthatbothroutershavethesamekeychainname.


EIGRPauthenticationusesvaryinglevelsofWEPtoencryptdataexchangedbetween
routers.


EIGRPauthenticationcanbeconfiguredononerouterandupdatesfromthisrouterare
protectedwhereasaneighborroutercanbewithouttheauthenticationconfigurationandits
updatesareunprotected.

Refertocurriculumtopic:8.1.5
EIGRPmessageauthenticationensuresthatroutersonlyacceptroutingmessages
fromotherconnectedroutersthatknowthesamepresharedkey.EIGRPsupports
routingprotocolauthenticationusingMD5.


Sansrponse Question13 0/2points

Refertotheexhibit.RoutersR1andR2wereconfiguredwithEIGRPmessage
authentication,buttherouterscannotexchangeEIGRPmessages.Whichtwoproblemsare
causingtheEIGRPauthenticationfailurebetweenR1andR2inthisconfiguration?(Choose
two.)

ThekeyIDisinvalid,becauseitsvaluehastobeintherangefrom1to2147483647.

Bonnerponse Theroutershaveadifferentvalueforthekeystring.

Thekeychainnamemustbeinuppercase.

Atleasttwokeyshadtobecreatedforeachkeychain.

TheEIGRPmessageauthenticationisbeingconfiguredonthewronginterfaceonR2.

Refertocurriculumtopic:8.1.5
Theerrorsintheconfigurationarethatthekeystringhasadifferentvalueineach
routerandthekeystringinR1iscisco_123,whileinR2itiscisco123.Also,on
routerR2,theEIGRPauthenticationcommandswereissuedontheincorrect
interface,asserial0/0/1isunused.ThekeyIDisavalidnumber.Itsrangeisfrom0
to2147483647.Thekeychainnamemaybeinloweroruppercase.Asinglekey
maybecreatedforeachkeychain.
Chapter9Quiz
chance Pasdchance Points 20 Questions 10 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksChapter9.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form28760

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

DERNIRE Tentative1 1minute 0sur20

Envoyle30Sept9:44

Sansrponse Question1 0/2points

WhichCiscoIOS15.0technologypackagecontainstheIPsecframeworkcomponents
requiredtosupporttheISRG2platforms?

Data

IPBase

Bonnerponse Security

UnifiedCommunications
Refertocurriculumtopic:9.2.1
ForIOS15.0universalimagesthatsupportCiscoISRG2platforms,theSecurity
technologypackageoffersthesecurityfeaturesfoundintheIPsecframework.


Sansrponse Question2 0/2points

WhatisacharacteristicoftheCiscoIOSSoftwareRelease12.4mainlinetrain?

Itisupdatedwithnewfeaturesevery20months.

Bonnerponse Itisupdatedwithsoftwarefixesasthesearedeveloped.

Itisupdatedwithnewfeatureswhenthesearedeveloped.

Itisupdatedwithsoftwarefixesevery20months.

Refertocurriculumtopic:9.1.1
Whennewfeatureupdatesaredeveloped,theseareappliedtotheTtrainof
CiscoIOSSoftwareRelease12.4.TheCiscoIOSSoftwareRelease15familyhasa
16to20monthtimelinebetweenextendedmaintenancereleases.


Sansrponse Question3 0/2points

WhichCisco12.4IOSimagepackageoffersthemostfeaturesets?

securityk9

AdvancedSecurity

AdvancedIPServices

UnifiedCommunicationsk9

Bonnerponse AdvancedEnterpriseServices
Refertocurriculumtopic:9.1.1
Thetwooptionsofunifiedcommunicationsk9andsecurityk9areCiscoIOS15
technologypackages.AdvancedEnterpriseServicescontainsthefullCiscoIOSset
offeatures.AdvancedIPServicescontainsadvancedsecurity,serviceprovider
services,andsupportforIPv6.AdvancedSecurityhasVPNandfirewallfeatures
enabledincludingsupportforIPsec.


Sansrponse Question4 0/2points

AnetworkadministratorisaskedtoprovidetheUDIinordertoobtainalicensefortheDATA
technologypackagefortheIOS15.0onaCisco1900router.WhatisaUDI?

acombinationoftheproductIDandthePAKnumber

Bonnerponse acombinationoftheproductID,theserialnumber,andthehardwareversion

acombinationofthePAKnumberandtheserialnumber

acombinationoftheserialnumberandtheMACaddressofGi0/0

Refertocurriculumtopic:9.2.1
BeginningwithIOS15.0,Ciscomodifiedtheprocessofpackagelicensing.Inorder
toobtainalicenseforatechnologypackage,theUniqueDeviceIdentifierisrequired
alongwiththeProductActivationKey(PAK).TheUDIisacombinationofthe
productID(PID),theserialnumber(SN),andthehardwareversion(VID).


Sansrponse Question5 0/2points

ArouterisonlycapableofrunningIOSversion12andiscurrentlyrunning12.1.Assuming
thattherouterhastherequiredmemoryresources,whichversionofIOSshouldan
administratorinstalltoensurethattherouterreceivesthelatesttechnologyupdates?

12.2
12.4T

12.2(28)

12.4(15)T1

Bonnerponse 12.4(21a)

Refertocurriculumtopic:9.1.1
Eventhougha"T"ontheendofanIOSversionmeansthelatesttechnologiesare
includedaspartoftheversion,anyfuturereleaseswithnumbershigherthanthat
includethelatesttechnologiesthatwerereleasedinthe"T"version.


Sansrponse Question6 0/2points

Anetworkengineerpurchases,installs,andactivatesalicensekeyonaCisco2911ISRG2
router.Whatisthenextstepintheinstallationprocess?

Bonnerponse Reloadtherouter.

RegisterthelicensewithCisco.

BackuptheIOStoaTFTPserver.

Backupthelicensekeystoredinflashmemory.

Refertocurriculumtopic:9.2.2
Theinstallationstepsareasfollows:
purchasethelicensekey
usethelicenseacceptenduseragreementcommandtoaccepttheEULA
usethelicensebootmodulecommandtoactivatethelicense
reloadtherouter
usetheshowlicenseallcommandtoverifytheinstallation


Sansrponse Question7 0/2points

WhichcommandwouldanetworkengineerusetorestoretheIOSimagec1900universalk9
mz.SPA.1524.M3.bintoarouter?

Bonnerponse copytftp:flash0:

copyflash0:tftp:

copyc1900universalk9mz.SPA.1524.M3.bintftp:

copyflash0:c1900universalk9mz.SPA.1524.M3.bin

Refertocurriculumtopic:9.1.2
ThecommandsyntaxtorestoreanIOSimageiscopysourcedestination,where,in
thiscase,sourceisaTFTPserveranddestinationistherouterflashmemory.The
imagename(sourcefilename)isenteredatanewpromptafterthe
initialcopycommandisissued,notasaparameterofthecopycommand.


Sansrponse Question8 0/2points

WhichCiscoIOS15technologypackagewouldbeneededtoimplementvoiceoverIP?

data9

ipbasek9

securityk9

Bonnerponse uck9

Refertocurriculumtopic:9.2.2
Theuck9packageisforCiscoUnifiedCommunications,whichincludessupportfor
voiceoverIPandvideo.

Sansrponse Question9 0/2points

WhichCiscoIOSreleasefollowedRelease12.4?

12.5

13

14

Bonnerponse 15

Refertocurriculumtopic:9.1.1
TheIOSreleaseafter12.4is15.0.ThereisnoIOSSoftwareRelease12.5,13,or
14.


Sansrponse Question10 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.Whichtechnologypackageorpackageshavebeenpurchasedforuse
onthisrouter?
Bonnerponse onlyipbasek9

onlyipbasek9andsecurityk9

onlysecurityk9anddatak9

ipbasek9,securityk9,anddatak9

Refertocurriculumtopic:9.2.1
The"permanent"licensetypehasbeenpurchased.Onlytheipbasek9licenseis
permanentandactive.
Sec on3.2Quiz:EtherChannel
chance Pasdchance Points 12 Questions 6 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksSection3.2.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form28769

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

DERNIRE Tentative1 1minute 0sur12

Envoyle30Sept9:44

Question1 0/2points

Fillintheblank.Donotabbreviate.

ThecommandSwitch(configifrange)# 1modeactivecreatesan

interfaceportchannel1onaswitch.

Rponse1:

Vousavezrpondu (Vousnavezpasfourniderponse)

Bonnerponse channelgroup

Bonnerponse chanelgroup
Refertocurriculumtopic:3.2.1


Sansrponse Question2 0/2points

WhichstatementdescribesacharacteristicofanEtherChannellink?

TheEtherChannellinkonlyworksbetweenswitchdevices.

Bonnerponse Itcanbeconfiguredfortrunkoraccessmode.

Itisusedforloadbalancing,butnotforlinkredundancy.

ThePAgPprotocolshouldbeusedifthelinkinvolvesdevicesfrommultiplevendors.

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.2
Becauseofrisingdemandsforperformanceandfaulttolerance,manyserversnow
supportlinkaggregationwithEtherChannel.Insuchapplications,anEthernChannel
iscreatedbetweenaswitchandanEtherChannelenabledserverandthe
EtherChannelmodeisaccess.AnEtherChannellinkcanprovidebothload
balancingandlinkredundancy.PAgPisaCiscoproprietaryprotocolanditisused
tocreateandmanageEtherChannellinksamongCiscodevices.


Sansrponse Question3 0/2points

Whichthreeparametersmustmatch,ontheportsoftwoswitches,foraPAgPEtherchannel
tobecreated?(Choosethree.)

Bonnerponse speed

Bonnerponse duplex

PAgPmode

PortID
MACaddress

Bonnerponse VLANinformation

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.2
PAgPwillautomaticallycreateEtherChannellinksbetweentwoswitchesbutthe
connectingportsmusthavethesamespeed,duplex,andVLANinformation.The
PAgPmodemustbecompatiblebutnotnecessarilyequal.TheportIDandtheMAC
addressesdonothavetomatch.


Sansrponse Question4 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.AnetworkadministratorisconfiguringanEtherChannellinkbetween
twoswitches,SW1andSW2.However,theEtherChannellinkfailstoestablish.What
changeinconfigurationwouldcorrecttheproblem?

ConfigureSW1EtherChannelmodetoon.

ConfigureSW2EtherChannelmodetoon.

ConfigureSW2EtherChannelmodetoauto.
Bonnerponse ConfigureSW2EtherChannelmodetodesirable.

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.2
TheEtherChannelmodemustbecompatibleoneachsideforthelinktowork.The
threemodesfromPAgPprotocolareon,desirable,andauto.Thethreemodesfrom
LACPprotocolareon,active,andpassive.Thecompatiblemodesincludeonon,
autodesirable,desirabledesirable,activepassive,andactiveactive.Anyother
combinationswillnotformanEtherChannellink.

Sansrponse Question5 0/2points

AnetworkadministratorisconfiguringanEtherChannellinkbetweentwophysicalportsona
switch.Whichstatementdescribestheresultwhenoneofthephysicalportsfails?

TheEtherChannellinkfails.

AnSTPrecalculationisneeded.

TheEtherChannelstopstransmittingdatauntilitisrestarted.

Bonnerponse TheEtherChannelcontinuestransmittingdatawithreducedbandwidth.

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.1
AnEtherChannelisseenasonelogicalconnection.Thelossofonephysicallink
withinthechanneldoesnotcreateachangeinthetopologyandthereforea
spanningtreerecalculationisnotrequired.Whenoneofthememberportsinthe
EtherChannelfails,theEtherChannellinkremainsfunctional,althoughitsoverall
throughputdecreasesbecauseofalostlinkwithintheEtherChannel.


Sansrponse Question6 0/2points

Refertotheexhibit.AnetworkadministratorisconfiguringanEtherChannellinkbetween
twoswitches,SW1andSW2.Whichstatementdescribestheeffectafterthecommandsare
issuedonSW1andSW2?

Bonnerponse TheEtherChannelfailstoestablish.

TheEtherChannelisestablishedwithoutnegotiation.

TheEtherChannelisestablishedafterSW1initiatesthelinkrequest.

TheEtherChannelisestablishedafterSW2initiatesthelinkrequest.

Refertocurriculumtopic:3.1.2
TheinterfacesGigabitEthernet0/1andGigabitEthernet0/2areconfigured"on"for
theEtherChannellink.ThismodeforcestheinterfacetochannelwithoutPAgPor
LACP.TheEtherChannelwillbeestablishedonlyiftheothersideisalsosetto"on".
However,themodeonSW2sideissettoPAgPdesirable.ThustheEtherChannel
linkwillnotbeestablished.
Sec on5.1Quiz:OSPF
chance Pasdchance Points 10 Questions 5 Limitededure Aucun
Tentativesautorises Sanslimite

Instruc ons
ThisquizcoversthecontentinCCNAR&SScalingNetworksSection5.1.Itisdesignedtoprovideanadditionalopportunityto
practicetheskillsandknowledgepresentedinthechapterandtopreparefortheChapterExam.Youwillbeallowedmultiple
attemptsandthegradedoesnotappearinthegradebook.

Therearemultipletasktypesthatmaybeavailableinthisquiz.Ratherthanhavingstaticgraphicstoview,someitemsmay
requireyoutoopenaPTactivityandperformsomeinvestigationandconfigurationofdevicesbeforeansweringthequestion.

NOTE:TherearesomesmalldifferencesinhowthequestionsscoreandoperateintheQuizandhowtheyscoreandoperatein
theChapterExam.Quizzesallowforpartialcreditscoringonallitemtypestofosterlearning.Pointsonquizzescanalsobe
deductedforansweringincorrectly.ThisdoesnotoccurwiththeChapterExam.

Form27466

Complternouveaulequestionnaire

Historiquedestenta ves
Tentative Heure Note

DERNIRE Tentative1 1minute 0sur10

Envoyle30Sept9:44

Sansrponse Question1 0/2points



Refertotheexhibit.Forthegiventopology,whatarethreeresultsoftheOSPFDRandBDR
elections?(Choosethree.)

R1isBDRforsegmentA.

R2isDRforsegmentA.

Bonnerponse R3isDRforsegmentA.

R4isDRforsegmentB.

Bonnerponse R5isBDRforsegmentB.

Bonnerponse R3isDRforsegmentB.

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.2
Alloftheinterfaceprioritiesarethesame,sotheelectionwillconsidertherouter
IDs.TheR1IDis10.1.1.1.TheR2IDis172.16.1.3.TheR3IDis192.168.2.2.R2is
theDRforsegmentAandR3istheBDRforsegmentA.
TheR4IDis10.1.1.4andtheR5IDis172.16.1.4.R3istheDRforsegmentB
andR5istheBDRforsegmentB.


Sansrponse Question2 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.WhatarethreeresultingDRandBDRelectionsforthegiventopology?
(Choosethree.)

R3isBDRforsegmentA.

Bonnerponse R1isDRforsegmentA.

Bonnerponse R2isBDRforsegmentA.

R3isDRforsegmentA.

R4isBDRforsegmentB.

Bonnerponse R5isBDRforsegmentB.

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.2
ForsegmentA,R1becomesDRbecauseofthepriorityof128oftheFastEthernet
0/0interface.R2becomesBDRbecauseoftheLoopback0interfaceIPv4address.
ForsegmentB,R3becomesDRbecauseoftheFastEthernet0/0interfacepriority
of255.R5becomesBDRbecauseoftheIPv4addressontheLoopback0interface.


Sansrponse Question3 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.WhatarethreeresultingDRandDBRelectionsforthegiventopology?
(Choosethree.)
R4isBDRforsegmentB.

R4isDRforsegmentB.

Bonnerponse R3isDRforsegmentA.

R2isDRforsegmentA.

Bonnerponse R3isBDRforsegmentB.

Bonnerponse R5isDRforsegmentB.

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.2
ForsegmentA,R3becomesDRbecauseofthepriorityof255oftheFastEthernet
0/0interface.R1becomesBDRbecauseoftheFastEthernet0/0priorityof128.
ForsegmentB,R5becomesDRbecauseoftheIPv4addressontheFastEthernet
0/0interface.R3becomesBDRbecauseoftheIPv4addressontheFastEthernet
0/0interface.

Sansrponse Question4 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.WhatarethreeresultingDRandBDRelectionsforthegiventopology?
(Choosethree.)

Bonnerponse R2isBDRforsegmentA.
Bonnerponse R4isBDRforsegmentB.

Bonnerponse R5isDRforsegmentB.

R1isDRforsegmentA.

R3isDRforsegmentB.

R3isDBRforsegmentB.

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.2
Becausealltheinterfaceprioritiesarethedefaultvalue,theelectiontookplace
basedontherouterIDs.


Sansrponse Question5 0/2points


Refertotheexhibit.WhatarethreeresultsfortheDRandBDRelectionsforthegiven
topologies?(Choosethree.)

R4isDRforsegmentB.

R2isBDRforsegmentA.

R3isDRforsegmentA.
Bonnerponse R1isDRforsegmentA.

Bonnerponse R3isBDRforsegmentA.

Bonnerponse R5isBDRforsegmentB.

Refertocurriculumtopic:5.1.2
Withouttiesbetweenthem,theelectionstookplacebasedonlyoninterface
priorities.

Potrebbero piacerti anche